T  J 


IRLF 


315 


GIFT  Of 


Tentative 
Boiler  Safety  Orders 


Prepared   by  a 

Sub-Committee  Representing  Various  Interests  related  to 
the  Manufacture,  Use  and  Inspection  of  Boilers 

at  the  request  of  the 

Industrial  Accident  Commission 

of  the 

State  of  California 


For  the  Criticisms  or  Suggestions  of  Employers, 
Employees  and  Others  Interested 


Due  notice  will  be  given  of  Public  Hearings  to  be  held  for  the 
consideration  of  these  Tentative  Safety  Orders 


CALIFORNIA 

STATE  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1916 


- 


INDUSTRIAL    ACCIDENT    COMMISSION 
OF    THE    STATE    OF    CALIFORNIA 


JOHN  R.  BROWNELL, 

Superintendent  of  Safety. 


525  Market  Street,  San   Francisco 

423  Union  League  Building,  Los  Angeles 


A.  J.  PILLSBURY. 
WILL  J.  FRENCH, 
MEYER  LISSNER, 

;     Commissioners. 


FOREWORD. 

Sections  51  to  72,  inclusive,  of  the  Workmen's  Compensation, 
Insurance  and  Safety  Act,  give  the  Industrial  Accident  Commission 
power  to  make  and  enforce  safety  orders,  rules  and  regulations,  to 
prescribe  safety  devices,  and  to  fix  safety  standards.  It  also  empow- 
ers the  Commission  to  appoint  advisors  who  shall,  without  com- 
pensation, assist  the  Commission  in  establishing  standards  of  safety. 
The  Commission  may  adopt  and  incorporate  in  its  general  orders 
such  safety  recommendations  as  it  may  receive  from  such  advisors. 

The  Commission,  carrying  out  its  plan  of  obtaining  the  best  prac- 
tical ideas  to  incorporate  in  its  Safety  Orders,  asked  various 
interests  to  serve  on  sub-committees  to  draft  Boiler  Safety  Orders. 
These  sub-committees  were  named  after  consultation  with  the  Gen- 
eral Rules  Committees,  which  were  organized  in  San  Francisco  and 
Los  Angeles,  and  which  assisted  the  Commission  in  the  preparation 
of  General  Safety  Orders  which  went  into  effect  January  1,  1916. 

As  with  the  General  Rules  Committees,  one  sub-committee  on 
Boiler  Orders  met  in  San  Francisco,  the  other  meeting  in  Los 
Angeles. 


36SG04 


San    Francisco   Sub-Committee  on   Boiler  Safety  Orders. 

GEOKGE  A.  AEMES  (Chairman),  representing  the  Union  Iron  Works,  as  manu- 
facturers of  Boilers. 

(FREDERICK  BIRDSALL,  Alternate  to  Mr.  Armes.) 

E.  R.  KILLGORE,  representing  the  Standard  Oil  Company,  as  users  of  Boilers. 

J.  B.  WARNER,  representing  the  Hartford  Steam  Boiler  Inspection  and  Insurance 
Company. 

D.  P.  DELURY,  representing  the  Board  of  Public  Works  of  San  Francisco. 
M.  J.  McGuiRE,  representing  the  Boilermakers  and  Shipfitters  Union. 

P.   L.   ENNOR,   representing  the   International  Union  of  Steam  and  Operating 

Engineers,  Local  No.  64. 
(W.  R.  TOWNE,  Alternate  to  Mr.  Ennor),  International  Union  of  Steam  and 

Operating  Engineers,  Local  No.  64. 

CHAS.  A.  SMITH,  representing  the  California  Metal  Trades  Association. 
JOHN  MITCHELL,  representing  the  International  Union  of  Steam  and  Operating 

Engineers,  Local  No.  507. 

R.  L.  HEMINGWAY,  Safety  Engineer,  Industrial  Accident  Commission. 
JOHN  R.  BROWNELL  (Secretary),  Superintendent  of  Safety,  Industrial  Accident 

Commission. 

Los  Angeles  Sub-Committee  on   Boiler  Safety  Orders. 

FRED  J.  FISCHER  (Chairman),  representing  the  National  Association  of  Steam 

Engineers  No.  2. 
H.  L.  DOOLITTLE  (Vice-Chairman),  representing  the  Southern  California  Edison 

Company. 
J.  J.  MALONE,  representing  the  Hartford  Steam  Boiler  Inspection  and  Insurance 

Company. 
WILLIAM   H.  CARTER,  Chief  City  Boiler  and  Elevator  Inspector,  representing 

the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 

S.  M.  WALKER,  representing  the  Pioneer  Boiler  and  Machine  Works. 
J.  L.  GLENNON,  representing  the  Fidelity  and  Casualty  Company  of  New  York. 
N.  E.  CARROLL,  representing  the  Steam  and  Operating  Engineers  No.  1'2> 

E.  C.  JORDAN,  representing  the  Firemen's  Local  No.  220. 

II.  L.  BOYD  (Secretary),  Safety  Engineer,  Industrial  Accident  Commission, 


CONTENTS. 

Page 
TENTATIVE  BOILER  SAFETY  ORDERS vii-xiii 

INDEX  TO  TENTATIVE  BIOLER  SAFETY  ORDERS xiv-xv 

A.  S.  M.  E.  BOILER  CODE,  WITH  APPENDIX 1-114 

INDEX  TO  A.  S.  M.  E.  CODE__  _  117-147 


TENTATIVE  BOILER  SAFETY  ORDERS. 

Order  400.    Inspection  of  steam  boilers. 

(a)  All  steam  boilers  operated  in  the  State  of  California,  except 
those  exempt  by  (6)  of  this  Order,  shall  be  subject  to  a  regular 
internal  and  external  inspection  each  year,  if  in  service  at  any  time 
during  the  current  year,  except  that  an  interval  of  fourteen  (14) 
months  may  be  allowed  when  necessary. 

(&)  Exemptions:  The  following  boilers  are  exempt  from  inspec- 
tion by  the  Industrial  Accident  Commission : 

1.  Boilers  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States. 

2.  Boilers  of  railroad  locomotives  used  in  interstate  commerce 

and  boilers  under  United  States  inspection. 

3.  Boilers  used  exclusively  for  agricultural  purposes. 

4.  Boilers  of  eight  (8)  horsepower  or  less,  on  which  the  pres- 

sure does  not  exceed  fifteen  (15)  pounds  per  square  inch. 

5.  Automobile  boilers  and  road  motor  vehicles. 

(c)  Whoever  owns  or  causes  to  be  used  a  boiler  subject  to  inspec- 
tion shall  report  the  location  of  such  boilers  to  the  Industrial  Acci- 
dent Commission  of  the  State  of  California  on  January  1st,  or 
within  thirty  (30)  days  thereafter,  of  each  year. 

(d)  The  owner  or  user  of  a  boiler  or  boilers  herein  required  to 
be  inspected  shall,  after  fourteen   (14)   days'  notice,  prepare  the 
boiler  for  internal  inspection,  or  hydrostatic  pressure  test,  if  neces- 
sary.    To  prepare  a  boiler  for  internal  inspection,  the  water  shall 
be  drawn  off  and  the  boiler  thoroughly  washed.    All  manhole  and 
handhole  covers,  and  wash-out  plugs  in  boilers  and  water  column 
connections  shall  be  removed,   and  the  furnace   and  combustion 
chamber  thoroughly  cooled  and  cleaned. 

The  steam  gage  shall  be  removed  for  testing. 

(e)  If  it  is  found  that  steam  or  hot  water  is  leaking  into  the 
boiler,  the  source  of  such  leakage  shall  be  disconnected  and  so 
drained  as  to  cut  out  such  steam  or  hot  water  from  the  boiler  to  be 
inspected. 

(/)  If  the  boiler  is  jacketed  so  that  the  longitudinal  seams  of 
shells,  drums  or  domes  can  not  be  seen,  and  if  it  can  not  otherwise  be 
determined,  enough  of  the  jacketing,  setting  wall  or  other  covering 
shall  be  removed  so  that  the  size  and  pitch  of  the  rivets  and  such 
other  data  as  may  be  necessary  can  be  determined  at  first  data 
inspection. 


TENTATIVE   BOILER   SAFETY   ORDERS. 

(g)  In  preparing  a  boiler  for  hydrostatic  test,  the  boiler  shall  be 
filled  to  the  stop  valve.  If  boiler  to  be  tested  is  connected  with 
other  boilers  that  are  under  steam  pressure,  such  connections  shall 
be  blanked  off  unless  there  be  double  stop  valves  on  all  connecting 
pipes,  with  an  open  drain  between. 

Order  401.    Insurance  inspections. 

All  boilers  subject  to  periodic  inspection  of  insurance  companies 
authorized  to  insure  boilers  in  the  State  of  California  shall  be 
exempt  from  regular  annual  inspection  by  the  Industrial  Accident 
Commission  on  the  following  conditions : 

(a)  The  insurance  companies'  regulations  shall  conform  with 
the  herein  orders. 

(&)  The  insurance  companies'  inspectors  who  inspect  boilers 
operated  in  this  State  shall  hold  certificates  of  competency  issued 
by  the  Industrial  Accident  Commission,  as  hereinafter  provided. 

(c)  Eeports  of  all  inspections  shall  conform  to  the  requirements 
of  this  Commission,  and  shall  be  made  upon  the  forms  provided. 

(d)  A  copy  of  all  annual  reports  shall  be  forwarded  to  this 
Commission  within  twenty-one   (21)    days  after  the  inspection  is 
made,  on  the  forms  provided. 

(e)  Insurance  companies  whose  inspectors  hold  certificates  of 
competency  shall  immediately  report  to  this  Commission  the  name 
of  the  owner  or  operator,  and  the  location  of  every  boiler  on  which 
insurance  has  been  refused,  cancelled  or  discontinued,  giving  the 
reasons  therefor. 

Order  402.     Special  inspections. 

(a)  Steam  boilers  within  the  regular  corporate  limits  of  counties 
and  cities,  which  are  regularly  inspected  by  an  authorized  county 
or  city  inspector,  and  steam  boilers  operated  or  controlled  by  com- 
panies or  corporations  which  receive  regular  annual  inspections  by 
an  inspector  employed  by  the  said  companies  or  corporations,  shall 
be  exempt  from  the  regular  annual  inspections  made  by  this  Com- 
mission, on  the  following  conditions : 

1.  The  boilers  shall  be  installed  and  equipped  with  the  fittings 

necessary  to  safety  as  prescribed  by  these  Orders. 

2.  The  inspector  or  inspectors  shall  hold  certificates  of  com- 

petency issued  by  the  Industrial  Accident   Commission. 

3.  Reports  of  all  inspections  shall  conform  to  the  requirements 

of,  and  a  copy  of  said  reports  shall  be  forwarded  to  this 
Commission  within  twenty-one  (21)  days  after  the  inspec- 
tions are  made,  on  the  forms  provided. 


TENTATIVE   BOILER   SAFETY"   ORDERS.  IX 

Order  403.     Certificate  of  competency. 

(a)  Certificates  of  competency  shall  be  issued  to  persons  who 
are  employed  as  provided  in  Section  (&),  and  who  pass  an  exami- 
nation which  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  Industrial  Accident 
Commission  which  shall  determine  the  fitness  and  competency  of 
candidates  for  such  certificate  of  competency.* 

(6)  Holders  of  certificates  of  competency  shall  be  employed  as 
inspectors  only  and  shall  comply  with  the  herein  Orders.  Copies 
of  their  reports  of  inspections  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  Industrial 
Accident  Commission  of  the  State  of  California  within  twenty-one 
(21)  days  after  each  inspection. 

(c)  A  certificate  of  competency  may  be  revoked  for  cause  at  any 
time,  but  the  holder  of  such  certificate  of  competency  shall  be 
entitled,  upon  demand,  to  a  hearing  before  the  Industrial  Accident 
Commission  before  the  revocation  of  the  certificate  of  competency. 

(d)  A  certificate  of  competency  issued  to  an  employee  of  any 
county,  city,  corporation  or  company  shall  be  annulled  upon  the 
termination  of  his  employment  by  the  said  county,  city,  corporation 
or  company  by  which  he  was  employed  at  the  time  of  the  issuance 
of  the  certificate  of  competency.     Such  certificate  of  competency 
may,  however,  be  renewed  without  a  re-examination  within  a  period 
of  one  year  upon  proof  that  the  applicant  has  been  re-engaged  as 
a  boiler  inspector. 

1.  Any  applicant  who  fails  to  pass  the  examination  may  apply 
for  a  re-examination  at  the  end  of  ninety  days.  Pro- 
vided, however,  that  a  person  who  has  been  refused  a 
certificate  of  competency  may  appeal  from  such  decision 
to  the  Industrial  Accident  Commission  who  shall  grant 
a  re-hearing.  The  applicant  shall  have  the  privilege  of 
having  one  representative  of  the  county,  city,  corpora- 
tion or  company  by  whom  he  is  or  is  to  be  employed, 
present  during  the  hearing. 

Order  404.    Annual  inspection  certificate. 

(a)  A  certificate  of  inspection  upon  the  forms  supplied  by  the 
Industrial  Accident  Commission  shall  be  issued  by  the  inspector 
in  the  employ  of  the  county,  city,  corporation,  or  company,  stating 
the  pressure  allowed  for  one  year  after  an  inspection  has  been  made. 

This  certificate  shall  be  kept  conspicuously  posted  under  glass  in 
the  engine  or  boiler  room,  and  shall  at  all  times  be  available  when 

*  Candidates  will  be  examined  as  to  their  knowledge  of  the  construction, 
installation,  operation,  maintenance  and  repair  of  steam  boilers,  and  of  the  rules 
governing  boilers  in  California. 


X  TENTATIVE  BOILER   SAFETY  ORDERS. 

called  for  by  a  deputy  of  this  Commission,  or  by  an  inspector 
holding  a  certificate  of  competency. 

(6)  The  pressure  allowed  as  stated  in  the  certificate  of  inspec- 
tion shall  not  be  in  excess  of  that  determined  by  the  Orders  for 
boilers  installed  prior  to  January  1,  1917. 

Order  405.     Stamps  and  numbers  on  boilers. 

(a)  The  owner  or  user  of  a  steam  boiler  shall  number  each  boiler 
in  some  convenient  and  permanent  manner. 

(6)  Boilers  installed  after  January  1,  1917,  shall  be  stamped  by 
the  builder  with  a  serial  number,  date  of  manufacture  and  his 
name,  in  accordance  with  the  herein  Orders. 

(c)  Boilers  installed  after  January  1,  1917,  shall  conform  with 
these  Orders,  be  inspected  before  installed,  and  stamped  by  an 
inspector  holding  a  certificate  of  competency. 

Order  406.     Special  type  of  boilers. 

(a)  Builders  of  special  types  of  boilers  subject  to  inspection 
shall  forward  to  the  Industrial  Accident  Commission  blue  prints 
and  specifications  of  the  type  for  approval. 

Order  407.     Safety  regulations. 

(a)  No  boiler  shall  be  operated  at  a  pressure  in  excess  of  the 
safe  working  pressure  allowed  by  the  annual  inspection  certificate, 
which  pressure  is  to  be  ascertained  by  means  of  these  Orders. 

Order  408. 

(a)  Boilers  of  eight  (8)  horsepower  or  less,  on  which  the  pres- 
sure does  not  exceed  fifteen  (15)  pounds  per  square  inch,  which 
are  exempt  from  inspection,  shall  be  fitted  with  such  appliances 
as  to  insure  safety  as  herein  prescribed. 

Order  409. 

(a)  Any  boiler  in  this  State  at  the  time  these  Orders  take  effect 
which  does  not  conform  to  the  herein  Orders,  may  be  operated,  if 
found  safe,  after  a  thorough  internal  and  external  inspection,  and 
a  hydrostatic  pressure  test,  if  necessary. 

(&)  No  boiler  shall  be  installed  in  the  State  of  California  after 
these  Orders  take  effect,  which  was  not  stamped  when  built  by  the 
manufacturer  with  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers' 
Boiler  Code  Stamp,  except  after  a  joint  inspection  by  the  Indus- 
trial Accident  Commission  and  another  inspector  holding  a  certifi- 


TENTATIVE   BOILER   SAFETY   ORDERS. 


XI 


cate  of  competency.    The  lowest  Factor  of  Safety  on  boilers  of  this 
kind  shall  be  six  (6). 

Order  410. 

(a)  Steam  boilers  shall  be  equipped  with  such  appliances  as  will 
insure  safety  of  operation  as  herein  ordered. 

Order  411. 

(a)  No  person  shall  remove  or  tamper  with  any  safety  appliance 
prescribed  by  the  herein  Orders,  and  no  person  shall  in  any  man- 
ner load  the  safety  valve  to  greater  pressure  than  that  allowed  by 
the  certificate  of  inspection. 

Order  412. 

(a)  In  case  a  defect  affecting  the  safety  of  a  steam  boiler  is 
discovered,  the  owner  or  user  of  the  boiler  shall  immediately  notify 
the  inspector  issuing  the  certificate  of  inspection,  but  if  said  boiler 
be  not  subject  to  inspection,  the  owner  or  user  shall  in  that  case 
report  the  defect  to  the  Industrial  Accident  Commission. 

Order  413. 

(a)  All  patches  on  a  boiler  shell  or  drum  which  exceed  twenty- 
four  (24)  inches  in  length,  measured  on  a  line  parallel  to  the 
longitudinal  seam,  and  between  the  center  lines  of  the  extreme 
rivet  holes,  shall  be  calculated  for  safe  working  pressure  from  said 
patch  seam,  the  efficiency  of  which  shall  be  determined  in  the  usual 
manner. 

The  efficiency  of  the  patch  seam  may  then  be  increased  by  multi- 
plying said  efficiency  by  a  factor  which  is  determined  by  the 
angularity  of  the  inclined  patch  seam  to  the  girth  seam,  according 
to  the  following  table : 


Angle 

Factor 

Angle 

Factor 

30° 

1.51 

50° 

1.20 

35° 

1.42 

55° 

1.15 

40° 

1.34 

60° 

1.11 

45° 

1.27 

65° 

1.08 

Order  414. 

(a)  No  cast  iron  hot  water  heating  boiler  shall  carry  a  greater 
pressure,  static  or  from  supply  main,  than  that  named  in  the  guar- 


Xll  TENTATIVE   BOILER   SAFETY   ORDERS. 

antee  of  the  manufacturer,  and  in  no  case  shall  the  pressure  exceed 
thirty  (30)  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Order  415. 

(a)  Where  it  is  found  impossible  to  definitely  determine  the  age 
of  a  boiler  of  lap  seam  construction,  the  factor  of  safety  shall  be 
not  less  than  five  and  one-half  (5J). 

(6)  No  pressure  on  a  boiler  of  lap  seam  construction  shall  exceed 
one  hundred  and  sixty-five  (165)  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Order  416. 

(a)  The  use  of  plug  cocks  so  constructed  that  there  is  no  gland 
or  yoke  to  hold  the  plug  in  place  will  not  be  allowed.  If  yokes  or 
glands  are  of  the  open  hole  slot  type  at  both  ends,  they  shall  have 
said  slots  effectively  closed. 

Order  417. 

(a)  Where  boiler  settings  are  so  designed  that  gas  can  accumu- 
late to  a  dangerous  extent,  provision  must  be  made  for  venting 
said  gas  pockets. 

(6)  All  dampers  used  in  connection  with  oil  burning  furnaces 
under  steam  boilers  shall  be  made  with,  or  have  suitable  openings 
therein  to  vent  the  furnace  from  an  accumulation  of  gas. 

Order  418. 

(a)  If  there  are  valves  in  the  connections  between  water  column 
and  boiler,  at  least  one  steam  gage  shall  be  connected  directly  to 
steam  space  of  boiler,  with  but  one  cock  between  said  gage  and 
boiler. 

Order  419. 

(a)  In  computing  the  horsepower  for  various  types  of  boilers, 
the  following  table  shall  be  used : 


Type  of  boiler 


Cylindrical 

Flue 

Firebox  tubular 
Return  tubular  . 

Vertical    

Water  tube  _. 


Water  heating 
surface  for 

1  horsepower. 
Square  feet 


10 

12 

is 

15 

10 


TENTATIVE   BOILER   SAFETY   ORDERS.  Xlll 

Order  420. 

(a)  The  Boiler  Code,  Edition  of  1914,  with  Index,  of  the  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  as  copyrighted  in  1915,  is 
made  a  part  of  these  Orders  with  the  following  changes:  To 
paragraph  379,  page  89;  paragraph  380,  page  89;  paragraph  388, 
page  90;  paragraph  396,  page  92;  paragraph  398,  page  92;  para- 
graph 404,  page  93;  paragraph  406,  page  93;  paragraph  408, 
page  93 ;  paragraph  427,  page  109,  Code  Appendix ;  paragraph  428, 
page  113,  Code  Appendix,  of  said  Boiler  Code,  which  is  appended 
hereto  with  the  said  changes,  all  of  which  said  changes  refer  to 
Existing  Installations. 

Order  421.  Steam  heating  boilers  [existing  and  new  installations] . 
Fittings  and  Appliances. 

(a)  There  shall  be  a  stop  valve  on  each  steam  outlet  from  the 
boiler,  except  a  safety  valve  connection. 

(6)  When  a  damper  regulator  is  used,  it  shall  be  connected  to 
the  steam  space  of  the  boiler  and  there  shall  be  a  stop  valve  or  stop 
cock  in  the  connecting  pipe. 

(c)  The  main  return  pipe  to  a  heating  boiler   (gravity  return 
system)  shall  have  a  check  valve  and  also  a  stop  valve  between  the 
said  check  valve  and  the  boiler. 

When  there  are  two  connected  boilers  with  a  gravity  return 
system,  one  check  valve  may  be  placed  on  the  main  return  pipe 
and  a  stop  valve  on  the  branch  pipe  to  each  boiler. 

(d)  Each  boiler  shall  have  a  feed  pipe  fitted  with  a  check  valve 
and  also  a  stop  valve  between  the  check  valve  and  the  boiler,  the 
feed  water  to  discharge  below  the  lowest  safe  water  line. 

Means  must  be  provided  for  feeding  a  boiler  against  the  maxi- 
mum pressure  allowed  on  the  boiler. 


XIV  INDEX. 


INDEX  TO  TENTATIVE   BOILER   SAFETY  ORDERS. 

Page  Order  Subdi- 
vision 

Age  of  boiler  unknown xii  415  a 

Appliances  xi  410  a 

A.  S.  M.  E.  Boiler  Code xiii  420  a 

Blow  offs.     Plug  cocks  not  allowed xii  416  a 

Boiler  Code  of  A.  S.  M.  E xiii  420  a 

Boilers  in  State  when  these  Orders  take  effect x  409  a 

Boilers  not  bearing  A.  S.  M.  E.  Code  Stamp x  409  b 

Boilers  of  lap  construction,  165  limit  pressure xii  415  b 

Builder's  serial  number x  405  b 

Boilers,  special  types  of x  406  a 

Boilers,   steam   heating xiii  421 

Boilers,  to  be  numbered x  405  a 

Certificate,  annual  inspection ix  404 

Certificate,  annual  inspection,  posted  under  glass ix  404  a 

Covering,  insulating,  to  be  removed vii  400  f 

Certificates  of  competency,  annullment  of ix  403  d 

Certificates  of  competency,  examination  for ix  403  a 

Certificates  of  competency,  holders ix  403  b 

Certificates  of  competency.     Insurance  inspectors viii  401  b 

Certificates  of  competency,  renewal  of ix  403  d 

Damper  regulator,  valve  or  cock  in xiii  421  b 

Dampers  to  be  vented xii  417  b 

Defects,  serious  to  be  reported xi  412  a 

Examination  for  certificate  of  competency ix  403  d 

Exemptions  from  annual  inspection vii  400  b 

Exemptions  to  have  safety  appliances x  408  a 

Exemptions  to  have  safety  appliances  by  Industrial  Acci- 
dent Commission vii  402  a 

Feed  pipe,  stop  valve  and  check  valve  in xiii  421  d 

Gage,  steam,  removal  of vii  400  d 

Gage,  connected  to  steam  space . xii  418  a 

Gas  pockets  in  flue  or  setting xii  417  a 

Gravity  returns,  stop  valve  and  check  valve  in xiii  421  c 

Heating  boilers,  hot  water xi  414  a 

Horsepower,  ratio  of  heating  surface  to xii  419  a 

Hydrostatic,  preparation  for  test vii  400  d-g 

Inspection,  insurance viii  401 

Inspection,  internal,  external vii  400  a 

Inspection,  leaks  to  be  stopped vii  400  e 

Inspection,  notice  of  annual vii  400  d 

Inspection,  preparation  for  annual vii  400  d 

Interval  fourteen  months vii  400  a 

Insurance,  refused,  cancelled  or  discontinued viii  401  e 


INDEX.  XV 

Page  Order  Subdi- 
vision 

Inspections,   special    viii  402 

Insurance  inspectors,  annual  reports viii  401  d 

Insurance  inspectors,  reports  to  conform viii  401  c 

Insurance  regulations  to  conform viii  401  a 

Jacketing  to  be  removed vii  400  f 

Patches xi  413  a 

Pressure   allowed    x  404  b 

Report,  annual,  of  location vii  400  c 

Safety  regulations x  407 

Safe  working  pressure x  407  a 

Safety  valves,  tampering  or  removing xi  411  a 

Valves,  double  stop  on  connecting  pipes viii  400  g 

Valves,  stop  on  steam  pipes xiii  421  a 


THE    AMERICAN    SOCIETY'  OF* 
ENGINEERS 

REPORT 

OF  THE  COMMITTEE 
TO  FORMULATE  STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS 

FOR  THE 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  STEAM  BOILERS  AND  OTHER 

PRESSURE  VESSELS  AND  FOR  THEIR 

CARE  IN  SERVICE 


KNOWN    AS 

THE  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE 


RULES  FOR  THE 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  STATIONARY  BOILERS  AND 
Ff)R  ALLOWABLE  WORKING  PRESSURES 

Edition  of  1914  with  Index 
Copyright,   1915,  by 

THE   AMERICAN   SOCIETY  OF  MECHANICAL   ENGINEERS 


To  THE  COUNCIL  OF  THE  AMEEICAN  SOCIETY  OF 
MECHANICAL  ENGINEERS 

Gentlemen:  Your  Committee  appointed  September  15th,  1911  to 
"Formulate  .Standard  .Specifications  for  the  Construction  of  Steam 
Boilers  and  Other  Pressure  Vessels  and  for  Care  of  .Same  in  Service" 
respectfully  submits  its  final  report  on  Eules  for  the  construction  and 
allowable  working  pressures  of  stationary  boilers,  which  forms  a  por- 
tion of  the.  task  assigned  to  it. 

The  primary  object  of  these  Eules  is  to  secure  safe  boilers.  The 
interests  of  boiler  users  and  manufacturers  have  been  carefully  con- 
sidered and  the  requirements  made  such  that  they  will  not  entail 
undue  hardship  by  departing  too  widely  from  present  practice. 

Your  Committee  recommends  that  you  appoint  a  permanent  com- 
mittee to  make  such  revisions  as  may  be  found  desirable  in  these  Rules, 
and  to  modify  them  as  the  state  of  the  art  advances,  and  that  such 
committee  should  hold  meetings  at  least  once  in  two  years  at  which 
all  interested  parties  may  be  heard. 

Yours  truly, 

JOHN  A.  STEVENS,  Chairman 
WM.  H.  BOEHM 
EOLLA  C.  CARPENTER 

EICHAED  HAMMON-D  COMMITTEE 

CHAS.  L.  HUSTON 
EDWARD  F.  MILLER 
H.  C.  MEINHOLTZ* 
E.  I).  MEIER* 
Deceased* 


Submitted  to  the  Council  of  THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY   OF  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERS,  Feb- 
ruary 13,  1915. 


Your  Committee  secured  the  assistance  of  the  following  Engi- 
neers as  an  Advisory  Committee,  representing  various  phases  of  the 
design,  installation  and  operation  of  boilers  and  the  Rules  were  un- 
animously approved  by  them. 

F.  II.  CLARK,  Railroad  Sub-Committee,  The  American  Society  of  Mechanical 
Engineers. 

F.  W.  DEAN,  Consulting  Engineers. 

THOS.  E.  DURBAN,  Boiler  Manufacturers'  Association,  Uniform  Specifica- 
tions Committee,  for  all  types  of  boilers. 

CARL  FERRARI,  National  Tubular  Boiler  Manufacturers'  Association. 

ELBERT  C.  FISHER,  Scotch  marine  and  other  types  of  boilers. 

ARTHUR  M.  GREENE,  JR.,  Engineering  Education. 

CHAS.  E.  GORTON,  Steel  heating  boilers. 

A.  L.  HUMPHREY,  Eailroad  Sub-Committee,  The  American  Society  of  Me- 
chanical Engineers. 

D.  S.  JACOBUS,  Water-tube  boilers. 

S.  F.  JETER,  Boiler  insurance. 

WM.  F.  KIESEL,  JR.,  Eailroad  Sub-Committee,  The  American  Society  of  Me- 
chanical Engineers. 

W.  F.  MACGREGOR,  National  Association  of  Thresher  Manufacturers. 

M.  F.  MOORE,  Steel  heating  boilers. 

I.  E.  MOULTROP,  Boiler  users. 

RICHARD  D.  REED,  National  Boiler  &  Radiator  Manufacturers'  Association. 

H.  G.  STOTT,  Boiler  users. 

H.  H.  VAUGHAN,  Railroad  Sub-Committee,  ihe  American  Society  of  Me- 
chanical Engineers. 

C.  W.  OBERT,  Secretary  to  Committee. 


CONTENTS 

Part  I.     New  Installations  PAGES 

Section  1.     Power  Boilers 7-80 

Section  2.     Heating  Boilers 81-87 

Part  II.     Existing  Installations        ...........  89-93 

Appendix 95-114 

Index                                                                                                                       .  115-147 


RULES  FOR  THE 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  STATIONARY  BOILERS 

AND  FOR  ALLOWABLE  WORKING 

PRESSURES 


The  Rules  are  divided  into  two  parts: 

f  Section  I,  Power  Boilers. 
PART  I  applies  to  new  installations. )  » 

|  Section  II,  Heating  Boilers. 

PART  II  applies  to  existing  installations. 


PART  I     NEW  INSTALLATIONS 

SECTION  I 
POWER  BOILERS 

,SELECTION  OF  MATERIALS 

1  Specifications  are  given  in  these  Eules  for  the  important  ma- 
terials used  in  the  construction  of  boilers,  and  where  given,  the  ma- 
terials shall  conform  thereto. 

2  Steel  plates  for  any  part  of  a  boiler  when  exposed  to  the  fire 
or  products  of  combustion,  and  under  pressure,  shall  be  of  firebox 
quality  as  designated  in  the  Specifications  for  Boiler  Plate  Steel. 

3  Steel  plates  for  any  part  of  a  boiler,  where  firebox  quality  is 
not  specified,  when  under  pressure,  shall  be  of  firebox  or  flange  quality 
as  designated  in  the  Specifications  for  Boiler  Plate  'Steel. 

4  Braces  when  welded,  shall  be  of  wrought-iron  of  the  quality 
designated  in  the  Specifications  for  Eefined  Wrought-Iron  Bars. 

5  Manhole  and  handhole  covers  and  other  parts  subjected  to  pres- 
sure and  braces  and  lugs,  when  made  of  steel  plate,  shall  be  of  firebox 
or  flange  quality   as  designated  in  the  Specifications  for  Boiler  Plate 
Steel. 

6  Steel  bars  for  braces  and  for  other  boiler  parts,  except  as  other- 
wise specified  herein,  shall  be  of  the  quality  designated  in  the  Specifi- 
cations for  Steel  Bars. 

7  iStaybolts  shall  be  of  iron  or  steel  of  the  quality  designated  in 
the  Specifications  for  Staybolt  Iron  or  in  the  .Specifications  for  Stay- 
bolt  Steel. 


8  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

8  Rivets  shall  be  of  steel  or  iron  of  the  quality  designated  in  the 
Specifications  for  Boiler  Rivet  Steel  or  in  the  Specifications  for  Boiler 
Rivet  Iron. 

9  Cross  pipes  connecting  the  steam  and  water  drums  of  water- 
tube  boilers,  headers  and  cross  boxes  and  all  pressure  parts  of  the  boiler 
proper  over  2-in.  pipe  size,  or  equivalent  cross-sectional  area,  shall  be 
of  wrought  steel,  or  cast  steel  of  Class  B  grade,  as  designated  in  the 
Specifications  for  Steel  Castings,  when  the  maximum  allowable  work- 
ing pressure  exceeds  160  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

10  Mud  drums  of  boilers  used  for  other  than  heating  purposes 
shall  be  of  wrought  steel,  or  cast  steel  of  Class  B  grade,  as  designated 
in  the  Specifications  for  'Steel  Castings. 

11  Pressure  parts  of  superheaters,  separately  fired  or  attached  to 
stationary  boilers,  unless  of  the  locomotive  type,  shall  be  of  wrought 
steel,  or  cast  steel  of  Class  B  grade,  as  designated  in  the  Specifications 
for  Steel  Castings. 

12  Cast  iron  shall  not  be  used  for  boiler  and  superheater  mount- 
ings, such  as  nozzles,  connecting  pipes,  fittings,  valves  and  their  bon- 
nets, for  steam  temperatures  of  over  450  deg.  fahr. 

13  Water-leg  and  door-frame  rings  of  vertical  fire-tube  boilers 
36  in.  or  over  in  diameter,  and  of  locomotive  and  other  type  boilers, 
shall  be  of  wrought  iron  or  steel,  or  cast  steel  of  Class  B  grade,  as 
designated  in  the  Specifications  for  Steel  Castings.    The  0  G  or  other 
flanged  construction  may  be  used  as  a  substitute  in  any  case. 


ULTIMATE  STRENGTH  OF  MATERIAL  USED  IN  COMPUTING  JOINTS 

14  Tensile  Strength  of  Steel  Plate.     The  tensile  strength  used 
in  the  computations  for  steel  plates  shall  be  that  stamped  on  the  plates 
as  herein  provided,  which  is  the  minimum  of  the  stipulated  range,  or 
55,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in.  for  all  steel  plates,  except  for  special  grades 
having  a  lower  tensile  strength. 

15  Crushing  Strength  of  Steel  Plate.     The  resistance  to  crush- 
ing of  steel  plate  shall  be  taken  at  95,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  of  cross-sec- 
tional area. 

16  Strength   of  Rivets  in  Shear.     In  computing  the  ultimate 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


strength  of  rivets  in  shear,  the  following  values  in  pounds  per  square 
inch  of  the  cross-sectional  area  of  the  rivet  shank  shall  be  used: 

Iron  rivets  in  single  shear  ........................................  38,000 

Iron  rivets  in  double  shear  .................  .  ...............  ......  76,000 

Steel  rivets  in  single  shear  .......................................  44,000 

Steel  rivets  in  double  shear  .......................................  88,000 

The  cross-sectional  area  used  in  the  computations  shall  be  that  of 
the  rivet  shank  after  driving. 

MINIMUM  THICKNESSES  OF  PLATES  AND  TUBES 

17  Thickness  of  Plates.     The  minimum  thickness  of  any  boiler 
plate  under  pressure  shall  be  %  in. 

18  The  minimum  thicknesses  of  shell  plates,  and  dome  plates 
after  flanin      shall  be  as  follows: 


36  In.  or  Under 


WHEN  THE  DIAMETER  OF  SHELL  is 
Over  36  In.  to  54  In.       Over  54  In.  to  72  In. 


Over  72  In. 


19     The  minimum  thicknesses  of  butt  straps  shall  be  as  given  in 
Table  1. 

TABLE  1     MINIMUM  THICKNESSES  OF  BUTT  STRAPS 


Thickness  of 

Minimum  Thickness 

Thickness  of 

Minimum  Thickness 

Shell  Plates, 

of  Butt  Straps, 

Shell  Plates, 

of  Butt  Straps, 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

K 

K 

H 

A 

* 

tt 

A 

A 

U 

H 

H 

H 

K 

W 

H 

A 

K 

H 

H 

A 

i 

% 

iH 

% 

* 

llf 

IK 

H 

20     The  minimum  thicknesses  of  tube  sheets  for  horizontal  return 
tubular  boilers,  shall  be  as  follows: 

WHEN  THE  DIAMETER  OF  TUBE  SHEET  is 

42  In.  or  Under       Over  42  In.  to  54  In.       Over  54  In.  to  72  In.       Over  72  In. 

%  in.  /g  in.  V2  in.  A  in. 


10  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

21  Tubes  for  Water-Tube  Boilers.     The  minimum  thicknesses 
of  tubes  used  in  water-tube  boilers  measured  by  Birmingham  wire 
gage,  for  maximum  allowable  working  pressures  not  exceeding  165  Ib. 
per  sq.  in.,  shall  be  as  follows : 

Diameters  less  than  3  in No.  12  B.W.G. 

Diameter  3  in.  or  over,  but  less  than  4  in No.  11  B.W.G. 

Diameter  4  in.  or  over,  but  less  than  5  in No.  10  B.W.G. 

Diameter  5  in No.  9  B.W.G. 

The  above  thicknesses  shall  be  increased  for  maximum  allowable 
working  pressures  higher  than  1,65  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  as  follows : 

Over  165  Ib.  but  not  exceeding  235  Ib 1  gage 

Over  235  Ib.  but  not  exceeding  285  Ib 2  gages 

Over  285  Ib.  but  not  exceeding  400  Ib 3  gages 

Tubes  over  4-in.  diameter  shall  not  be  used  for  maximum  allowable 
working  pressures  above  285  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

22  Tubes  for  Fire-Tube  Boilers.     The  minimum  thicknesses  of 
tubes  used  in  fire  tube  boilers  measured  by  Birmingham  wire  gage,  for 
maximum  allowable  working  pressures  not  exceeding  175  Ib.  per  sq. 
in.,  shall  be  as  follows : 

Diameters  less  than  2V2  in No.  13  B.W.G. 

Diameter  2%  in.  or  over,  but  less  than  S1^  in No.  12  B.W.G. 

Diameter  3*4  in.  or  over,  but  less  than  4  in No.  11  B.W.G. 

Diameter  4      in.  or  over,  but  less  than  5  in No.  10  B.W.G. 

Diameter  5      in No.     9  B.W.G. 

For  higher  maximum  allowable  working  pressures  than  given  above 
the  thicknesses  shall  be  increased  one  gage. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  11 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  BOILER  PLATE  STEEL 

THESE    SPECIFICATIONS1    ARE    SIMILAR    TO    THOSE    OF    THE    AMER- 
ICAN SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS,  SERIAL  DESIGNATION  A    30-14. 

23  Grades.     These  specifications  cover  two  grades  of  steel  for 
boilers,  namely :   FLANGE  and  FIREBOX. 

I     MANUFACTURE 

24  Process.     The  steel  shall  be  made  by  the  open-hearth  process. 

II     CHEMICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

25  Chemical  Composition.     The  steel  shall  conform  to  the  fol- 
lowing requirements  as  to  chemical  composition : 


FLANGE  FIREBOX 

Carbon Plates  %  in.  thick  and  under.  .  0.12 — 0.25  per  cent 

Plates  over  %  in.  thick 0.12—0.30  percent 

Manganese 0.30 — 0.60  per  cent  0.30 — 0.50  per  cent 

Acid.  .  .  Not  over  0.05  per  cent  Not  over  0.04    per  cent 


Phosphorus  |  Bagic Not  over  0.04  per  cent  Not  over  0.035  per  cent 

Sulphur Not  over  0.05  per  cent  Not  over  0.04    per  cent 

Copper Not  over  O.C5    per  cent 

26  Ladle  Analyses.     An  analysis  shall  be  made  by  the  manu- 
facturer from  a  test  ingot  taken  during  the  pouring  of  each  melt,  a 
copy  of  which  shall  be  given  to  the  purchaser  or  his  representative. 
This  analysis  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Par.  25. 

27  Check  Analyses.     Analyses  may  be  made  by  the  purchaser 
from  a  broken  tension  test  specimen  representing  each  plate  as  rolled, 
which  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Par.  25. 


1Approved  and  recommended  in  its  modified  form,  October  9,  1914,  by  the 
Association  of  American  Steel  Manufacturers,  the  American  Boiler  Manu- 
facturers' Association,  the  National  Tubular  Boiler  Manufacturers'  Associa- 
tion, the  National  Association  of  Thresher  Manufacturers  and  the  representa- 
tives present  of  leading  Water  Tube  Boiler  Manufacturers,  with  whom  the 
Boiler  Code  Committee  was  in  conference  on  September  16,  1914,  and  by  whom 
further  modifications  were  afterwards  offered. 


12  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

Ill     PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

28     Tension  Tests,     a     The  material  shall  conform  to  the  follow- 
ing requirements  as  to  tensile  properties : 


FLANGE  FIREBOX 

Tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 55,000 — 65,000  55,000 — 63,000 

Yield  point,  min.,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 0.5  tens.  str.  0.5  tens.  str. 

Elongation  in  8-in.,  min.,  per  cent  (See  Par.  29)  1,500,000  1,500,000 


Tens.  str.  Tens.  str. 

1}  If  desired  steel  of  lower  tensile  strength  than  the  above  may  be 
used  in  an  entire  boiler,  or  part  thereof,  the  desired  tensile  limits  to 
be  specified,  having  a  range  of  10,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  for  flange  or  8000 
Ib.  per  sq.  in.  for  firebox,  the  steel  to  conform  in  all  respects  to  the 
other  corresponding  requirements  herein  specified,  and  to  be  stamped 
with  the  minimum  tensile  strength  of  the  stipulated  range. 

c  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined  by  the  drop  of  the  beam 
of  the  testing  machine. 

29  Modifications  in  Elongation,     a     For  material  over  %  in.  in 
thickness,   a   deduction  of   0.5   from  the   percentages   of   elongation 
specified  in  Par.  28a,  shall  be  made  for  each  increase  of  %  in.  in 
thickness  above  %  in.,  to  a  minimum  of  20  per  cent. 

I)  For  material  %  in.  or  under  in  thickness,  the  elongation  shall 
be  measured  on  a  gage  length  of  24  times  the  thickness  of  the  specimen. 

30  Bend  Tests,     a     Cold-It  end  Tests — The  test  specimen  shall 
bend  cold  through  180  deg.  without  cracking  on  the  outside  of  the 
bent  portion,  as  follows :   For  material  1  in.  or  under  in  thickness,  flat 
on  itself;  and  for  material  over  1  in.  in  thickness,  around  a  pin  the 
diameter  of  which  is  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  specimen. 

1)  Quench-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen,  when  heated  to  a  light 
cherry  red  as  seen  in  the  dark  (not  less  than  1200  deg.  fahr.),  and 
quenched  at  once  in  water  the  temperature  of  which  is  between  80  deg. 
and  90  deg.  fahr.,  shall  bend  through  180  deg.  without  cracking  on  the 
outside  of  the  bent  portion,  as  follows :  For  material  1  in.  or  under  in 
thickness,  flat  on  itself;  and  for  material  over  1  in.  in  thickness, 
around  a  pin  the  diameter  of  which  is  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the 
specimen. 

31  Homogeneity  Tests.     For  firebox  steel,  a  sample  taken  from 
a  broken  tension  test  specimen  shall  not  show  any  single  seam  or 
cavity  more  than  14  in-  l°ng?  in  either  of  the  three  fractures  obtained 
in  the  test  for  homogeneity,  which  shall  be  made  as  follows : 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  13 

The  specimen  shall  be  either  nicked  with  a  chisel  or  grooved  on 
a  machine,,  transversely,  about  1/16  in.  deep,  in  three  places  about 
2  in.  apart.  The  first  groove  shall  be  made  2  in.  from  the  square  end  ; 
each  succeeding  groove  shall  be  made  on  the  opposite  side  from  the 
preceding  one.  The  specimen  shall  then  be  firmly  held  in  a  vise,  with 
the  first  groove  about  %  in.  above  the  jaws,  and  the  projecting  end 
broken  off  by  light  blows  of  a  hammer,  the  bending  being  away  from 
the  groove.  The  specimen  shall  be  broken  at  the  other  two  grooves  in 
the  same  manner.  The  object  of  this  test  is  to  open  and  render  visible 
to  the  eye  any  seams  due  to  failure  to  weld  or  to  interposed  foreign 
matter,  or  any  cavities  due  to  gas  bubbles  in  the  ingot.  One  side  of 
each  fracture  shall  be  examined  and  the  length  of  the  seams  and 
cavities  determined,  a  pocket  lens  being  used  if  necessary. 

32  Test  Specimens.  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  shall  be 
taken  from  the  finished  rolled  material.  They  shall  be  of  the  full 


•£>    L-;  Parallel  Section.  --*J 

««    Y<  -----------  "  ----- 


nofless  thand 


u 


FIG.  1     STANDARD  FORM  OF  TEST  SPECIMEN  REQUIRED  FOR  ALL  TENSION  TESTS 

OF  PLATE  MATERIAL 

thickness  of  material  as  rolled,  and  shall  be  machined  to  the  form  and 
dimensions  shown  in  Fig.  1 ;  except  that  bend  test  specimens  may  be 
machined  with  both  edges  parallel. 

33  Number  of  Tests,  a  One  tension,  one  cold-bend,  and  one 
quench-bend  test  shall  be  made  from  each  plate  as  rolled. 

~b  If  any  test  specimen  shows  defective  machining  or  develops 
flaws,  it  may  be  discarded  and  another  specimen  substituted. 

c  If  the  percentage  of  elongation  of  any  tension  test  specimen  is 
less  than  that  specified  in  Pars.  28  and  29,  and  any  part  of  the  fracture 
is  outside  the  middle  third  of  the  gaged  length,  as  indicated  by  the 
scribe  scratches  marked  on  the  specimen  before  testing,  a  retest  shall 
be  allowed. 

IV     PERMISSIBLE  VARIATION  IN  GAGE 

34     Permissible  Variation.     The  thickness  of  each  plate  shall  not 
vary  under  the  gage  specified  more  than  0.01  in.     The  overweight 


14  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,   AM.SOC.M.E. 

limits  are  considered  a  matter  of  contract  between  the  steel  manu- 
facturer and  the  boiler  builder. 


V     FINISH 

35     Finish.     The  finished  material  shall  be  free  from  injurious 
defects  and  shall  have  a  workmanlike  finish. 


VI     MARKING 

36  Marking,     a     Each  shell  plate  shall  be  legibly  stamped  by 
the  manufacturer  with  the  melt  or   slab  number,   name  of  manu- 
facturer, grade  and  the  minimum  tensile  strength  of  the  stipulated 
range  as  specified  in  Par.  28,  in  three  places,  two  of  which  shall  be 
located  at  diagonal  corners  about  12  in.  from  the  edge  and  one  about 
the  center  of  the  plate,  or  at  a  point  selected  and  designated  by  the 
purchaser  so  that  the  stamp  shall  be  plainly  visible  when  the  boiler  is 
completed. 

~b  Each  head  shall  be  legibly  stamped  by  the  manufacturer  in 
two  places,  about  12  in.  from  the  edge,  with  the  melt  or  slab  number, 
name  of  manufacturer,  grade,  and  the  minimum  tensile  strength 
of  the  stipulated  range  as  specified  in  Par.  28,  in  such  manner  that 
the  stamp  is  plainly  visible  when  the  boiler  is  completed. 

c  Each  .butt  strap  shall  be  legibly  stamped  by  the  manufacturer 
in  two  places  on  the  center  line  about  12  in.  from  the  ends  with  the 
melt  or  slab  number,  name  of  manufacturer,  grade,  and  the  minimum 
tensile  strength  of  the  stipulated  range  as  specified  in  Par.  ,28. 

d  The  melt  or  slab  number  shall  be  legibly  stamped  on  each  test 
specimen. 

YIT     INSPECTION"  AND  REJECTION 

37  Inspection.     The  inspector  representing  the  purchaser  shall 
have  free  entry,  at  all  times  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the  pur- 
chaser is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manufacturer's  works 
which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  material  ordered.     The  manu- 
facturer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities 
to  satisfy  him  that  the  material  is  being  furnished  in  accordance  with 
these  specifications.    All  tests  (except  check  analyses)  and  inspection 
shall  be  made  at  the  place  of  manufacture  prior  to  shipment,  unless 
otherwise  specified,  and  shall  be  so  conducted  as  not  to  interfere  un- 
necessarily with  the  operation  of  the  works. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  15 

38  Rejection,     a    Unless  otherwise  specified,  any  rejection  based 
on  tests  made  in  accordance  with  Par.  ,27  shall  be  reported  within  five 
working  days  from  the  receipt  of  samples. 

b  Material  which  shows  injurious  defects  subsequent  to  its  ac- 
ceptance at  the  manufacturer's  works  will  be  rejected,  and  the  manu- 
facturer shall  be  notified. 

39  Rehearing.     Samples  tested  in  accordance  with  Par.  27,  which 
represent  rejected  material,  shall  be  preserved  for  two  weeks  from  the 
date  of  the  test  report.    In  case  of  dissatisfaction  with  the  results  of 
the  tests,  the  manufacturer  may  make  claim  for  a  rehearing  within 
that  time. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  BOILER  RIVET  STEEL 

THESE  SPECIFICATIONS  ARE  SUBSTANTIALLY  THE  SAME  AS  THOSE 
OF  THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS,  SERIAL  DESIG- 
NATION A  31-14. 

A     REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ROLLED  BARS 

I     MANUFACTURE 

40  Process.     The  steel  shall  be  made  by  the  open-hearth  process. 

II     CHEMICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

41  Chemical  Composition.     The  steel  shall  conform  to  the  fol- 
lowing requirements  as  to  chemical  composition : 

Manganese    0.30-0.50     per  cent 

Phosphorus    not  over  0.04     per  cent 

Sulphur    not  over  0.045  per  cent 

42  Ladle  Analyses.     An  analysis  to  determine  the  percentages 
of  carbon,  manganese,  phosphorus  and  sulphur  shall  be  made  by  the 
manufacturer  from  a  test  ingot  taken  during  the  pouring  of  each  melt, 
a  copy  of  which  shall  be  given  to  the  purchaser  or  his  representative. 
This  analysis  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Par.  41. 

43  Check  Analyses.     Analyses  may  be  made  by  the  purchaser 
from  finished  bars,  representing  each  melt,  which  shall  conform  to  the 
requirements  specified  in  Par.  41. 


16  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

Ill     PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

44  Tension  Tests,     a     The  bars  shall  conform  to  the  following 
requirements  as  to  tensile  properties : 

Tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 45,000-55,000 

Yield  point,  min.,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 0.5  tens.  str. 

Elongation  in  8  in.,  min.,  per  cent 1,500,00 

but  need  not  exceed  30  per  cent.  Tens.  str. 

b  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined  by  the  drop  of  the  beam  of 
the  testing  machine. 

45  Send  Tests,     a     Cold-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen  shall 
bend  cold  through  180  deg.  flat  on  itself  without  cracking  on  the  out- 
side of  the  bent  portion. 

b  Quench-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen,  when  heated  to  a  light- 
cherry  red  as  seen  in  the  dark  (not  less  than  1200  deg.  fahr.),  and 
quenched  at  once  in  water  the  temperature  of  which  is  between  80  deg. 
and  90  deg.  fahr.,  shall  bend  through  180  deg.  flat  on  itself  without 
cracking  on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion. 

46  Test  Specimens.     Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  shall  be 
of  the  full-size  section  of  bars  as  rolled. 

47  Number  of  Tests,     a     Two  tension,  two  cold-bend,  and  two 
quench-bend  tests  shall  be  made  from  each  melt,  each  of  which  shall 
conform  to  the  requirements  specified. 

b  If  any  test  specimen  develops  flaws,  it  may  be  discarded  and 
another  specimen  substituted. 

c  If  the  percentage  of  elongation  of  any  tension  test  specimen 
is  less  than  that  specified  in  Par.  44  and  any  part  of  the  fracture  is 
outside  the  middle  third  of  the  gaged  length,  as  indicated  by  scribe 
scratches  marked  on  the  specimen  before  testing,  a  retest  shall  be 
allowed. 

48  Permissible  Variations  in  Gage.     The  gage  of  each  bar  shall 
not  vary  more  than  0.01  in.  from  that  specified. 

V    WORKMANSHIP  AND  FINISH 

49  Workmanship.     The   finished  bars   shall  be  circular  within 
0.01  in. 

50  Finish.     The  finished  bars  shall  be  free  from  injurious  de- 
fects and  shall  have  a  workmanlike  finish. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  17 

VI     MASKING 

51  Marking.     Eivet  bars  shall,  when  loaded  for  shipment,  be 
properly  separated  and  marked  with  the  name  or  brand  of  the  manu- 
facturer and  the  melt  number  for  identification.     The  melt  number 
shall  be  legibly  marked  on  each  test  specimen. 

VII     INSPECTION  AND  REJECTION 

52  Inspection.     The  inspector  representing  the  purchaser  shall 
have  free  entry,  at  all  times  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the  pur- 
chaser is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manufacturer's  works 
which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  bars  ordered.     The  manu- 
facturer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities 
to  satisfy  him  that  the  bars  are  being  furnished  in  accordance  with 
these  specifications.    All  tests  (except  check  analyses)  and  inspection 
shall  be  made  at  the  place  of  manufacture  prior  to  shipment,  unless 
otherwise  specified,  and  shall  be  so  conducted  as  not  to  interfere  un- 
necessarily with  the  operation  of  the  works. 

53  Rejection,     a     Unless  otherwise  specified,  any  rejection  based 
on  tests  made  in  accordance  with  Par.  43  shall  be  reported  within  five 
working  days  from  the  receipt  of  samples. 

b  Bars  which  show  injurious  defects  subsequent  to  their  ac- 
ceptance at  the  manufacturer's  works  will  be  rejected,  and  the  manu- 
facturer shall  be  notified. 

51  Rehearing.  .Samples  tested  in  accordance  with  Par.  43,  which 
represent  rejected  bars,  shall  be  preserved  for  two  weeks  fr®m  the 
date  of  the  test  report.  In  case  of  dissatisfaction  with  the  results  of 
the  tests,  the  manufacturer  may  make  claim  for  a  rehearing  within 
that  time. 

B    REQUIREMENTS  FOR  RIVETS 

I     PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

55  Tension  Tests.     The  rivets,  when  tested,  shall  conform  to  the 
requirements  as  to  tensile  properties  specified  in  Par.  44,  except  that 
the  elongation  shall  be  measured  on  a  gaged  length  not  less  than  four 
times  the  diameter  of  the  rivet. 

56  Bend  Tests.     The  rivet  shank  shall  bend  cold  through  180 
cleg,  flat  on  itself,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2,  without  cracking  on  the  outside 
cf  the  bent  portion. 


18 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,   AM.SOC.M.E. 


57  Flattening  Tests.     The  rivet  head  shall  flatten,  while  hot,  to 
a  diameter  %y2  times  the  diameter  of  the  shank,  as  shown  in  Fig.  3, 
without  cracking  at  the  edges. 

58  Number  of  Tests,     a     When  specified,  one  tension  test  shall 
be  made  from  each  size  in  each  lot  of  rivets  offered  for  inspection. 

b  Three  bend  and  three  flattening  tests  shall  be  made  from  each 
size  in  each  lot  of  rivets  offered  for  inspection,  each  of  which  shall  con- 
form to  the  requirements  specified. 

II     WORKMANSHIP  AND  FINISH 

59  Workmanship.     The  rivets  shall  be  true  to  form,  concentric, 
and  shall  be  made  in  a  workmanlike  manner. 

60  Finish.     The  finished  rivets  shall  be  free  from  injurious  de- 
fects. 


J 


FIG.  2     THE  BEND 

TEST    FOR   ElVETS 


FIG.  3    THE  FLAT- 
TENING TEST  FOR 

ElVETS 


III     INSPECTION  AND  REJECTION 


61  Inspection.  The  inspector  representing  the  purchaser  shall 
have  free  entry,  at  all  times  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the  pur- 
chaser is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manufacturer's  works 
which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  rivets  ordered.  The  manu- 
facturer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities 
to  satisfy  him  that  the  rivets  are  being  furnished  in  accordance  with 
these  specifications.  All  tests  and  inspection  shall  be  made  at  the 
place  of  manufacture  prior  to  shipment,  unless  otherwise  specified, 
and  shall  be  so  conducted  as  not  to  interfere  unnecessarily  with  the 
operation  of  the  works. 

62  Rejection.  Rivets  which  show  injurious  defects  subsequent 
to  their  acceptance  at  the  manufacturer's  works  will  be  rejected,  and 
the  manufacturer  shall  be  notified. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PAET  I,  SECTION  I,  TOWER  BOILERS  19 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STAY  BOLT  STEEL 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ROLLED  BARS 

63  Steel  for   staybolts   shall   conform  to   the   requirements   for 
Boiler  Rivet  Steel  specified  in  Pars.  40  to  62,  except  that  the  tensile 
properties  shall  be  as  follows : 

Tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 50,000-60,000 

Yield  point,  min.,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 0.5  tens.  str. 

1,500,000 
Elongation  in  8  in.,  min.;  per  cent — 

Tens.  str. 

Also  with  the  exception  that  the  permissible  variations  in  gage  shall 
be  as  follows : 

Permissible  Variations  in  Gage.  The  bars  shall  be  truly  round 
within  0.01  in.  and  shall  not  vary  more  than  0.005  in.  above,  or  more 
than  0.01  in.  below  the  specified  size. 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STEEL  BARS 

THESE  SPECIFICATIONS  ARE  ABSTRACTED  FROM  THOSE  FOR  STEEE 
FOR  BRIDGES  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS, 
SERIAL  DESIGNATION  A  7-14. 

I     MANUFACTURE 

64  Process.     The  steel  shall  be  made  by  the  open-hearth  process. 

II     CHEMICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

65  Chemical  Composition.     The  steel  shall  conform  to  the  fol- 
lowing requirements  as  to  chemical  composition: 

Acid    not  over  0.06  per  cent 

Basic not  over  0.04  per  cent 

Sulphur not  over  0.05  per  cent 


66  Ladle  Analysis.  An  analysis  to  determine  the  percentages  of 
carbon,  manganese,  phosphorus  and  sulphur  shall  be  made  by  the 
manufacturer  from  a  test  ingot  taken  during  the  pouring  of  each 
melt,  a  copy  of  which  shall  be  given  to  the  purchaser  or  his  representa- 
tive. This  analysis  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in 
Par.  65. 


20  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

Ill     PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

67  Tension  Tests,     a     The  material  shall  conform  to  the  follow- 
ing requirements  as  to  tensile  properties : 

Tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 55,000-65,000 

Yield  point,  min.,  per  sq.  in 0.5  tens.  str. 

1,500,000 

Elongation  in  8  in.,  min.,  per  cent* —      — • 

Tens.  str. 

Elongation  in  2  in.,  min.,  per  cent 22 

*See  Par.  68. 

b  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined  by  the  drop  of  the  beam  of 
the  testing  machine. 

68  Modifications  in  Elongation,     a     For  bars   over  %   in.   in 
thickness  or  diameter  a  deduction  of  1  from  the  percentage  of  elonga- 
tion in  8  in.  specified  in  Par.  67,  shall  be  made  for  each  increase  of  % 
in.  in  thickness  or  diameter  above  %  in.,  to  a  minimum  of  18  per  cent. 

b  For  bars  under  5/16  in.  in  thickness  or  diameter  a  deduction 
of  2.5  from  the  percentage  of  elongation  in  8  in.  specified  in  Par.  67, 
shall  be  made  for  each  decrease  of  1/16  in.  in  thickness  or  diameter 
below  5/16  in. 

69  Bend  Tests,     a     The  test  specimen  shall  bend  cold  through 
180  deg.  without  cracking  on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion,  as  fol- 
lows :    For  material  %  in.  or  under  in  thickness  or  diameter  flat  on 
itself;  for  material  over  %  in.  to  and  including  li/4  in.  in  thickness  or 
diameter  around  a  pin  the  diameter  of  which  is  equal  to  the  thickness 
or  diameter  of  the  specimen ;  and  for  material  over  l1/^  in.  in  thickness 
or  diameter  around  a  pin  the  diameter  of  which  is  equal  to  twice  the 
thickness  or  diameter  of  the  specimen. 

o  The  test  specimen  for  bars  over  iy2  in.  in  thickness  or  diameter 
when  prepared  as  specified  in  Par.  70,  shall  bend  cold  through  180 
deg.  around  a  1-in.  pin  without  cracking  on  the  outside  of  the  bent 
portion. 

70  Test  Specimens,     a     Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  except 
as  specified  in  b,  shall  be  of  the  full  thickness  of  material  as  rolled. 
They  may  be  machined  to  the  form  and  dimensions  shown  in  Fig.  1, 
or  may  have  both  edges  parallel. 

b  Tension  test  specimens  for  bars  over  1%  in.  in  thickness  or 
diameter  may  be  of  the  form  and  dimensions  shown  in  Fig.  4.  Bend 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  21 

test  specimens  may  be  1  by  %  in.  in  section.  The  axis  of  the  specimen 
shall  be  located  at  any  point  midway  between  the  center  and  surface 
and  shall  be  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  bar. 

71  Number  of  Tests,     a     One  tension  and  one  bend  test  shall  be 
made  from  each  melt;  except  that  if  material  from  one  melt  differs 
%  in.  or  more  in  thickness,  one  tension  and  one  bend  test  shall  be 
made  from  both  the  thickest  and  the  thinnest  material  rolled. 

l>  If  any  test  specimen  shows  defective  machining  or  develops 
flaws,  it  may  be  discarded  and  another  specimen  substituted. 

c  If  the  percentage  of  elongation  of  any  tension  test  specimen  is 
less  than  that  specified  in  Par.  67,  and  any  part  of  the  fracture  is 
more  than  %  in.  from  the  center  of  the  gage  length  of  a  2-in.  specimen 
or  is  outside  the  middle  third  of  the  gage  length  of  an  8-in.  specimen, 
as  indicated  by  scribe  scratches  marked  on  the  specimen  before  testing, 
a  retest  shall  be  allowed. 

IV     PERMISSIBLE  VARIATIONS  IN  GAGE 

72  Permissible  Variation.     The  thickness  or  cross-section  of  each 
piece  of  steel  shall  not  vary  under  that  specified  more  than  2.5  per 
cent.     (XOTE:    Overweight  variation  is  a  matter  of  contract  between 
the  steel  manufacturer  and  boiler  builder.) 

V     FINISH 

73  Finish.     The  finished  material  shall  be  free  from  injurious 
defects  and  shall  have  a  workmanlike  finish. 

VI     MARKING 

74  Marking.     Bars  shall,  when  loaded  for  shipment,  be  properly 
separated  and  marked  with  the  name  or  brand  of  the  manufacturer 
and  melt  number  for  identification.    The  melt  number  shall  be  legibly 
marked  on  each  test  specimen. 

VII     INSPECTION  AND  REJECTION 

75  Inspection.     The  inspector  representing  the  purchaser  shall 
have  free  entry,  at  all  times  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the  pur- 
chaser is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manufacturer's  works 


22  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  material  ordered.  The  manu- 
facturer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities 
to  satisfy  him  that  the  material  is  being  furnished  in  accordance  with 
these  specifications.  All  tests  and  inspection  shall  be  made  at  the  place 
of  manufacture  prior  to  shipment,  unless  otherwise  specified,  and  shall 
be  so  conducted  as  not  to  interfere  unnecessarily  with  the  operation  of 
the  works. 

76  Rejection.  Material  which  shows  injurious  defects  subsequent 
to  its  acceptance  at  the  manufacturer's  works  will  be  rejected,  and  the 
manufacturer  shall  be  notified. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STEEL  CASTINGS 

THESE  SPECIFICATIONS  ARE  ABSTRACTED  FROM  THOSE  FOR  STEEL 
CASTINGS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS, 
SERIAL  DESIGNATION  A  27-14. 

77  Classes.     These  specifications  cover  two  classes  of  castings, 
namely : 

Class  A,  ordinary  castings  for  which  no  physical  requirements 

are  specified. 
Class  B,  castings  for  which  physical  requirements  are  specified. 

These  are  of  three  grades:    hard,  medium,  and  soft. 

78  Patterns,     a     Patterns  shall  be  made  so  that  sufficient  finish 
is  allowed  to  provide  for  all  variations  in  shrinkage. 

&  Patterns  shall  be  painted  three  colors  to  represent  metal,  cores, 
and  finished  surfaces.  It  is  recommended  that  core  prints  shall  be 
painted  black  and  finished  surfaces  red. 

79  Basis  of  Purchase.     The  purchaser  shall  indicate  his  intention 
to  substitute  the  test  to  destruction  specified  in  Par.  87,  for  the  tension 
and  bend  tests,  and  shall  designate  the  patterns  from  which  castings 
for  this  test  shall  be  made. 

I     MANUFACTURE 

80  Process.     The  steel  may  be  made  by  the  open-hearth,  crucible, 
or  any  other  process  approved  by  the  purchaser. 

81  Heat  Treatment,     a     Class  A  castings  need  not  be  annealed 
unless  so  specified. 

b  Class  B  castings  shall  be  allowed  to  become  cold.  They  shall 
then  be  uniformly  reheated  to  the  proper  temperature  to  refine  the 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  23 

grain  (a  group  thus  reheated  being  known  as  an  "annealing  charge"), 
and  allowed  to  cool  uniformly  and  slowly.  If,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
purchaser  or  his  representative,  a  casting  is  not  properly  annealed,  he 
may  at  his  option  require  the  casting  to  be  re-annealed. 

II     CHEMICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

82  Chemical  Composition.     The  castings  shall  conform  to  the 
following  requirements  as  to  chemical  composition : 

Class  A  Class  B 

Carbon not  over  0.30  per  cent  

Phosphorus not  over  0.06  per  cent  not  over  0.05  per  cent 

Sulphur not  over  0.05  per  cent 

83  Ladle  Analyses.     An  analysis  to  determine  the  percentages  of 
carbon,  manganese,  phosphorus  and  sulphur  shall  be  made  by  the  man- 
ufacturer from  a  test  ingot  taken  during  the  pouring  of  each  melt,  a 
copy  of  which  shall  be  given  to  the  purchaser  or  his  representative. 
This  analysis  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Par.  82. 
Drillings  for  analysis  shall  be  taken  not  less  than  14  in-  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  test  ingot. 

84  Clieck  Analyses,     a     Analyses  of  Class  A  castings  may  be 
made  by  the  purchaser,  in  which  case  an  excess  of  20  per  cent  above  the 
requirement  as  to  phosphorus  specified  in  Par.  8\2,  shall  be  allowed. 
Drillings  for  analysis  shall  be  taken  not  less  than  ^4  in  beneath  the 
surface. 

I  Analyses  of  Class  B  castings  may  be  made  by  the  purchaser 
from  a  broken  tension  or  bend  test  specimen,  in  which  case  an  excess 
of  20  per  cent  above  the  requirements  as  to  phosphorus  and  sulphur 
specified  in  Par.  82,  shall  be  allowed.  Drillings  for  analysis  shall  be 
taken  not  less  than  y±  in.  beneath  the  surface. 


Ill     PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 
(For  Class  B  Castings  only.) 

85     Tension  Tests,     a     The  castings  shall  conform  to  the  follow- 
ing minimum  requirements  as  to  tensile  properties: 


24  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,   AM.SOC.M.E. 

Hard  Medium  Soft 

Tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 80,000  70,000  60,000 

Yield  point,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 36,000  31,500  27,000 

Elongation  in  2  in.,  per  cent 15  18  22 

Eeduction  of  area,  per  cent 20  25  30 

&  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined  by  the  drop  of  the  beam 
of  the  testing  machine. 

86  Bend  Tests,     a     The  test  specimen  for  soft  castings  shall  bend 
cold  through  1,20  deg.,  and  for  medium  castings  through  90  deg., 
around  a  1-in.  pin,  without  cracking  on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion. 

&     Hard  castings  shall  not  be  subject  to  bend  test  requirements. 

87  Alternative  Tests  to  Destruction.     In  the  case  of  small  or  un- 
important castings,  a  test  to  destruction  on  three  castings  from  a  lot 
may  be  substituted  for  the  tension  and  bend  tests.    This  test  shall  show 
the  material  to  be  ductile,  free  from  injurious  defects,  and  suitable 
for  the  purpose  intended.    A  lot  shall  consist  of  all  castings  from  one 
melt,  in  the  same  annealing  charge. 

88  Test  Specimens,     a     Sufficient  test  bars,  from  which  the  test 
specimens  required  in  Par.  89,  may  be  selected,  shall  be  attached  to 
castings  weighing  500  Ib.  or  over,  when  the  design  of  the  castings  will 
permit.    If  the  castings  weigh  less  than  500  Ib.,  or  are  of  such  a  design 
that  test  bars  cannot  be  attached,  two  test  bars  shall  be  cast  to  represent 
each  melt;  or  the  quality  of  the  castings  shall  be  determined  by  tests 
to  destruction  as  specified  in  Par.  87.    All  test  bars  shall  be  annealed 
with  the  castings  they  represent. 

&  The  manufacturer  and  purchaser  shall  agree  whether  test  bars 
can  be  attached  to  castings,  on  the  location  of  the  bars  on  the  castings, 
on  the  castings  to  which  bars  are  to  be  attached,  and  on  the  method 
of  casting  unattached  bars. 

c  Tension  test  specimens  shall  be  of  the  form  and  dimensions 
shown  in  Fig.  4.  Bend  test  specimens  shall  be  machined  to  1  by  ^ 
in.  in  section  with  corners  rounded  to  a  radius  not  over  1/16  in. 

89  Number  of  Tests,     a     One  tension  and  one  bend  test  shall  be 
made  from  each  annealing  charge.     If  more  than  one  melt  is  repre- 
sented in  an  annealing  charge,  one  tension  and  one  bend  test  shall  be 
made  from  each  melt. 

&  If  any  test  specimen  shows  defective  machining  or  develops 
flaws,  it  may  be  discarded;  in  which  case  the  manufacturer  and  the 
purchaser  or  his  representative  shall  agree  upon  the  selection  of  an- 
other specimen  in  its  stead. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


25 


c  If  the  percentage  of  elongation  of  any  tension  test  specimen  is 
less  than  that  specified  in  Par.  85,  and  any  part  of  the  fracture  is 
more  than  %  in.  from  the  center  of  the  gaged  length,  as  indicated  by 
scribe  scratches  marked  on  the  specimen  before  testing,  a  retest  shall 
be  allowed. 

IV    WORKMANSHIP  AND  FINISH 

90  Workmanship.     The  castings  shall  substantially  conform  to 
the  sizes  and  shapes  of  the  patterns,  and  shall  be  made  in  a  workman- 
like manner.' 

91  Finish,     a     The  castings  shall  be  free  from  injurious  defects. 
b     Minor  defects  which  do  not  impair  the  strength  of  the  castings 

may,  with  the  approval  of  the  purchaser  or  his  representative,  be 


FIG.  4     STANDARD  FORM  OF  TEST  SPECIMEN  REQUIRED  FOR  ALL  TENSION  TESTS 
OF  STEEL  CASTING  MATERIAL 


welded  by  an  approved  process.  The  defects  shall  first  be  cleaned  out 
to  solid  metal;  and  after  welding,  the  castings  shall  be  annealed,  if 
specified  by  the  purchaser  or  his  representative. 

c  The  castings  offered  for  inspection  shall  not  be  painted  or 
covered  with  any  substance  that  will  hide  defects,  nor  rusted  to  such 
an  extent  as  to  hide  defects. 

V    INSPECTION  AND  EEJECTION 


92  Inspection.  The  inspector  representing  the  purchaser  snail 
have  free  entry,  at  all  times  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the  pur- 
chaser is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manufacturer's  works 
which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  castings  ordered.  The  manu- 
facturer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities 
to  satisfy  him  that  the  castings  are  being  furnished  in  accordance  with 


26  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

these  specifications.  All  tests  (except  check  analyses)  and  inspection 
shall  be  made  at  the  place  of  manufacture  prior  to  shipment,  unless 
otherwise  specified,  and  shall  be  so  conducted  as  not  to  interfere  un- 
necessarily with  the  operation  of  the  works. 

93  Rejection,     a     Unless  otherwise  specified,  any  rejection  based 
on  tests  made  in  accordance  with  Par.  84,  shall  be  reported  within 
five  working  days  from  the  receipt  of  samples. 

ft  Castings  which  show  injurious  defects  subsequent  to  their  ac- 
ceptance at  the  manufacturer's  works  will  be  rejected,  and  the  manu- 
facturer shall  be  notified. 

94  Rehearing.     Samples    tested    in    accordance    with    Par.    84, 
which  represent  rejected  castings,  shall  be  preserved  for  two  weeks 
from  the  date  of  the  test  report.     In  case  of  dissatisfaction  with  the 
results  of  the  tests,  the  manufacturer  may  make  claim  for  a  rehearing 
within  that  time. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  GRAY  IRON  CASTINGS 

THESE  SPECIFICATIONS  ARE  IDENTICAL  WITH  THOSE  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS,  SERIAL  DESIGNATION 
A  48-05. 

95  Process  of  Manufacture.     Unless  furnace  iron  is  specified,  all 
gray  castings  are  understood  to  be  made  by  the  cupola  process. 

96  Chemical  Properties.     The  sulphur  contents  to  be  as  follows : 

Light  castings    not  over  0.08  per  cent 

Medium  castings    not  over  0.10  per  cent 

Heavy  Castings    not  over  0.12  per  cent 

97  Classification.     In  dividing  castings  into  light,  medium  and 
heavy  classes,  the  following  standards  have  been  adopted : 

98  Castings  having  any  section  less  than  %  in-  thick  shall  be 
known  as  light  castings. 

99  Castings  in  which  no  section  is  less  than  2  in.  thick  shall  be 
known  as  heavy  castings. 

100  Medium  castings  are  those  not  included  in  the  above  classifi- 
cation. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 
PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 


27 


101  Transvers-e  Test.     The  minimum  breaking  strength  of  the 
"Arbitration  Bar"  under  transverse  load  shall  be  not  under: 

Light  castings 2500  Ibs. 

Medium  castings 2900  Ibs. 

Heavy  castings 3300  Ibs. 

In  no  case  shall  the  deflection  be  under  0.10  in. 

102  Tensile  Test.     Where  specified,  this  shall  not  run  less  than : 

Light  castings 18,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

Medium  castings 21,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

Heavy  castings  24,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

Sfcf.  Thread 


FIG.  5     STANDARD  FORM  OF  TEST  SPECIMEN  EEQUIRED  FOR  TENSION  TESTS  OF 
GRAY-IRON  CASTING  MATERIAL 


103  Arbitration  Bar.  The  quality  of  the  iron  going  into  castings 
under  specification  shall  be  determined  by  means  of  the  "Arbitration 
Bar."  This  is  a  bar  1*4  in.  in  diameter  and  15  in.  long.  It  shall  be 
prepared  as  stated  further  on  and  tested  transversely.  The  tensile, 
test  is  not  recommended,  but  in  case  it  is  called  for,  the  bar  as  shown 
in  Fig.  5,  and  turned  up  from  any  of  the  broken  pieces  of  the  trans- 
verse test  shall  be  used.  The  expense  of  the  tensile  test  shall  fall  ont 
the  purchaser. 

101  Number  of  Test  Bars.  Two  sets  of  two  bars  shall  be  cast 
from  each  heat,  one  set  from  the  first  and  the  other  set  from  the  last 
iron  going  into  the  castings.  Where  the  heat  exceeds  twenty  tons,  an 
additional  set  of  two  bars  shall  be  cast  for  each  twenty  tons  or  fraction 
thereof  above  this  amount.  In  case  of  a  change  of  mixture  during 
the  heat,  one  set  of  two  bars  shall  also  be  cast  for  every  mixture  other 


28  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

than  the  regular  one.  Each  set  of  two  bars  is  to  go  into  a  single  mold. 
The  bars  shall  not  be  rumbled  or  otherwise  treated,  being  simply 
brushed  off  before  testing. 

105     Method  of  Testing.     The  transverse  test  shall  be  made  on  all 
the  bars  cast,  with  supports  12  in.  apart,  load  applied  at  the  middle, 


PATTERN 


_ 


eg 


<— -  t±  —  > 


IO" P'ipe  Cope 


POURING  BASIN 


I 


I 


FIG.  6     DETAILS  OF  PATTERN  AND  MOLD  REQUIRED  FOR  ARBITRATION  BARS  IN 
TESTING  GRAY-IRON  CASTING  MATERIAL 


and  the  deflection  at  rupture  noted.  One  bar  of  every  two  of  each  set 
made  must  fulfill  the  requirements  to  permit  acceptance  of  the  cast- 
ings represented. 

106  Mold  for  Test  Bar.  The  mold  for  the  bars  is  shown  in  Fig. 
6.  The  bottom  of  the  bar  is  1/16  in.  smaller  in  diameter  than  the 
top,  to  allow  for  draft  and  for  the  strain  of  pouring.  The  pattern 
shall  not  be  rapped  before  withdrawing.  The  flask  is  to  be  rammed  up 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  TART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  29 

with  green  molding  sand,  a  little  damper  than  usual,  well  mixed  and 
put  through  a  ^"o.  8  sieve,  with  a  mixture  of  one  to  twelve  bituminous 
facing.  The  mold  shall  be  rammed  evenly  and  fairly  hard,  thoroughly 
dried  and  not  cast  until  it  is  cold.  The  test  bar  shall  not  be  removed 
from  the  mold  until  cold  enough  to  be  handled. 

107  Speed  of  Testing.     The  rate  of  application  of  the  load  shall 
be  from  20  to  40  seconds  for  a  deflection  of  0.10  in. 

108  Samples  for  Analysis.     Borings  from  the  broken  pieces  of 
the  "Arbitration  Bar"  shall  be  used  for  the  sulphur  determinations. 
One  determination  for  each  mold  made  shall  be  required.    In  case  of 
dispute,  the  standards  of  the  American   Foundrymen's  Association 
shall  be  used  for  comparison. 

109  Finish.     Castings  shall  be  true  to  pattern,  free  from  cracks, 
flaws  and  excessive  shrinkage.     In  other  respects  they  shall  conform 
to  whatever  points  may  be  specially  agreed  upon. 

110  Inspection.     The  inspector  shall  have  reasonable  facilities 
afforded  him  by  the  manufacturer  to  satisfy  him  that  the  finished 
material  is  furnished  in  accordance  with  these  specifications.     All 
tests  and  inspections  shall,  as  far  as  possible,  be  made  at  the  place  of 
manufacture  prior  to  shipment. 


SPECIFICATIONS    FOR   MALLEABLE    CASTINGS 

THESE  SPECIFICATIONS  ARE  IDENTICAL,  WITH  THOSE  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS,  SERIAL  DESIGNATION 
A  47-04. 

111  Process  of  Manufacture.     Malleable  iron  castings  may  be 
made  by  the  open-hearth,  air  furnace,  or  cupola  process.    Cupola  iron, 
however,  is  not  recommended  for  heavy  nor  for  important  castings. 

112  Chemical  Properties.     Castings  for  which  physical  require- 
ments are  specified  shall  not  contain  over  0.06  sulphur  nor  over  0.225 
phosphorus. 

PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

113  Standard  Test  Bar.     This  bar  shall  be  1  in.  sq.  and  14  in. 
long,  without  chills  and  with  ends  left  perfectly  free  in  the  mold. 
Three  shall  be  cast  in  one  mold,  heavy  risers  insuring  sound  bars. 
Where  the  full  heat  goes  into  castings  which  are  subject  to  specifica- 


30  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

tion,  one  mold  shall  be  poured  two  minutes  after  tapping  into  the  first 
ladle,  and  another  mold  from  the  last  iron  of  the  heat.  Molds  shall  be 
suitably  stamped  to  insure  identification  of  the  bars,  the  bars  being 
annealed  with  the  castings.  Where  only  a  partial  heat  is  required  for 
the  work  in  hand,  one  mold  should  be  cast  from  the  first  ladle  used 
and  another  after  the  required  iron  has  been  tapped. 

a  Of  the  three  test  bars  from  the  two  molds  required  for  each 
heat,  one  shall  be  tested  for  tensile  strength  and  elongation,  the  other 
for  transverse  strength  and  deflection.  The  other  remaining  bar  is 
reserved  for  either  the  transverse  or  tensile  test,  in  case  of  the  failure 
of  the  two  other  bars  to  come  up  to  requirements.  The  halves  of  the 
bars  broken  transversely  may  also  be  used  for  the  tensile  test. 

b  Failure  to  reach  the  required  limit  for  the  tensile  strength 
with  elongation,  as  also  the  transverse  strength  with  deflection,  on 
the  part  of  at  least  one  test,  shall  reject  the  castings  from  that  heat. 

114  Tensile  Test.     The  tensile  strength  of  a  standard  test  bar 
for   castings  under   specification   shall   not   be   less   than   40,000   Ib. 
per  sq.  in.     The  elongation  measured  in  2  in.  shall  *ot  be  less  than 
%y%  per  cent. 

115  Transverse  Test.     The  transverse  strength  of  a  standard  test 
bar,  on  supports  12  in.  apart,  pressure  being  applied  at  the  center,  shall 
not  be  less  than  3000  Ib.,  deflection  being  at  least  y2  in. 

116  Test  Lugs.     Castings  of  special  design  or  of  special  impor- 
tance may  be  provided  with  suitable  test  lugs  at  the  option  of  the 
inspector.    At  least  one  of  these  lugs  shall  be  left  on  the  casting  for 
his  inspection  upon  his  request  therefor. 

117  Annealing.     Malleable  castings  shall  neither  be  "over"  nor 
"under"  annealed.     They  must  have  received  their  full  heat  in  the 
oven  at  least  sixty  hours  after  reaching  that  temperature. 

118  The  "saggers"  shall  not  be  dumped  until  the  contents  shall 
at  least  be  "black  hot." 

119  Finish.     Castings    shall    be    true    to    pattern,    free    from 
blemishes,  scale  or  shrinkage  cracks.    A  variation  of  1/16  in.  per  foot 
shall  be   permissible.      Founders   shall   not  be   held   responsible   for 
defects  due  to  irregular  cross  sections  and  unevenly  distributed  metal. 

120  Inspection.     The  inspector  representing  the  purchaser  shall 
have  all  reasonable  facilities  given  him  by  the  founder  to  satisfy  him 
that   the   finished   material   is   furnished   in   accordance   with   these 
specifications.    All  tests  and  inspections  shall  be  made  prior  to  ship- 
ment. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  31 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  BOILER  RIVET  IRON 

THESE  REQUIREMENTS  ARE  AN  ADAPTATION,  WITH  SLIGHT  MODI- 
FICATIONS IN  THE  PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS,  OF  THE  SPECI- 
FICATIONS FOR  ENGINE  BOLT  IRON  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR 
TESTING  MATERIALS. 

A     REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ROLLED  BARS 

I     MANUFACTURE 

121  Process.     The  iron  shall  be  made  wholly  from  puddled  iron 
or  knobbled  charcoal  iron,  and  shall  be  free  from  any  admixture  of 
iron  scrap  or  steel. 

122  Iron  Scrap.     This  term  applies  only  to  foreign  or  bought 
scrap  and  does  not  include  local  mill  products  free  from  foreign  or 
bought  scrap. 

II     PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

123  Tension  Tests,     a     The  iron  shall  conform  to  the  following 
requirements  as  to  tensile  properties: 

Tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 48.000-52,000 

Yield  point,  min.,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 0.6  tens.  str. 

Elongation  in  8  in.,  min.,  per  cent 28 

Eeduction  of  area,  min.,  per  cent 45 

b  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined  by  the  drop  of  the  beam 
of  the  testing  machine.  The  speed  of  the  cross-head  of  the  machine 
shall  not  exceed  li/o  in.  per  minute. 

124  Bend  Tests,     a     Cold-lend  Tests — The  test  specimen  shall 
bend  cold  through  180  deg.  flat  on  itself  without  cracking  on  the  out- 
side of  the  bent  portion. 

I  Hot-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen,  when  heated  to  a  bright 
cherry  red,  shall  bend  through  180  deg.  flat  on  itself,  without  fracture 
on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion. 

c  Nick-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen,  when  nicked  25  per  cent 
around  with  a  tool  having  a  60-deg.  cutting  edge,  to  a  depth  of  not 
less  than  8  nor  more  than  1.6  per  cent  of  the  diameter  of  the  specimen, 
and  broken,  shall  show  a  wholly  fibrous  fracture. 

d    Bend  tests  may  be  made  by  pressure  or  by  blows. 


32  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E 

125  Etch  Tests.1     The  cross-section  of  the  test  specimen  shall  be 
ground  or  polished,  and  etched  for  a  sufficient  period  to  develop  the 
structure.    This  test  shall  show  the  material  to  be  free  from  steel. 

126  Test  Specimens.     All  test  specimens  shall  be  of  the  full  sec- 
tion of  material  as  rolled. 

127  Number  of  Tests,     a     Bars  of  one  size  shall  be  sorted  into 
lots  of  100  each.    Two  bars  shall  be  selected  at  random  from  each  lot 
or  fraction  thereof,  and  tested  as  specified  in  Pars.  123  and  124;  but 
only  one  of  these  bars  shall  be  tested  as  specified  in  Par.  125. 

I  If  any  test  specimen  from  either  of  the  bars  originally  selected 
to  represent  a  lot  of  material,  contains  surface  defects  not  visible  before 
testing  but  visible  after  testing,  or  if  a  tension  test  specimen  breaks 
outside  the  middle  third  of  the  gage  length,  one  retest  from  a  different 
bar  will  be  allowed. 

Ill     PERMISSIBLE  VARIATIONS  IN  GAGE 

128  Permissible  Variations.     The  gage  of  each  bar  shall  not  vary 
more  than  0.01  in.  from  that  specified. 

IV  FINISH 

129  Finish.     The  bars  shall  be  smoothly  rolled  and  free  from 
slivers,  depressions,  seams,  crop  ends  and  evidences  of  being  burnt. 

V  MARKING 

130  Marking.     The  bars  shall  be  stamped  or  marked  as  desig- 
nated by  the  purchaser. 

VI     INSPECTION  AND  REJECTION 

131  Inspection,     a     The   inspector   representing  the   purchaser 
shall  have  free  entry  at  all  times,  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the 
purchaser  is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manufacturer's  works 
which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  material  ordered.     The  manu- 
facturer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities 
to  satisfy  him  that  the  material  is  being  furnished  in  accordance  with 


*A  solution  of  two  parts  water,  one  part  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  and  one  part  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  is  recommended  for  the  etch  test. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  33 

these  specifications.    Tests  and  inspection  at  the  place  of  manufacture 
shall  be  made  prior  to  shipment. 

b  The  purchaser  may  make  the  tests  to  govern  the  acceptance  or 
rejection  of  material  in  his  own  laboratory  or  elsewhere.  iSuch  tests, 
however,  shall  be  made  at  the  expense  of  the  purchaser. 

132  Rejection.     If  either  of  the  test  bars  selected  to  represent  a 
lot  does  not  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Pars.  1.23,  124 
and  125,  the  lot  will  be  rejected. 

B    REQUIREMENTS  FOR  RIVETS 
I    PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

133  Number  of  Tests.     When  specified,  three  rivets  of  each  di- 
ameter shall  be  taken  at  random  from  each  lot  offered  for  inspection, 
and  if  they  fail  to  stand  the  following  tests  the  lot  will  be  rejected. 

134  Bend  Tests,     a     The  rivet  shank  shall  bend  cold  through 
180  deg.  flat  on  itself,  as  shown  in  Fig.  .2,  without  cracking  on  the  out- 
side of  the  bent  portion. 

&  The  heads  must  stand  bending  back,  showing  that  they  are 
firmly  joined. 

c  When  nicked  and  broken  gradually  the  fracture  must  show  a 
clean,  long  and  fibrous  iron. 

II    WORKMANSHIP  AND  FINISH 

135  Workmanship.     The  rivets  shall  be  true  to  form,  concentric, 
and  shall  be  made  in  a  workmanlike  manner. 

136  Finish.     The  finished  rivets  shall  be  free  from  injurious  de- 
fects. 

Ill    INSPECTION  AND  REJECTION 

137  Inspection.     The  inspector  representing  the  purchaser  shall 
have  free  entry  at  all  times,  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the  pur- 
chaser is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manufacturer's  works 
which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  rivets  ordered.     The  manu- 
facturer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities 
to  satisfy  him  that  the  rivets  are  being  furnished  in  accordance  with 
these  specifications.     All  tests  and  inspection  shall  be  made  at  the 


34  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

place  of  manufacture  prior  to  shipment,  unless  otherwise  specified,  and 
shall  be  so  conducted  as  not  to  interfere  unnecessarily  with  the  opera- 
tion of  the  works. 

138  Rejection.  Rivets  which  show  injurious  defects  subsequent 
to  their  acceptance  at  the  manufacturer's  works  will  be  rejected,  and 
the  manufacturer  shall  be  notified. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STAYBOLT  IRON 

THESE  SPECIFICATIONS  ARE  IDENTICAL,  WITH  THOSE  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS,  SERIAL  DESIGNATION 
A  39-14. 

I     MANUFACTURE 

139  Process.     The  iron  shall  be  rolled  from  a  bloom  or  boxpile, 
made  wholly  from  puddled  iron  or  knobbled  charcoal  iron.     The 
puddle  mixture  and  the  component  parts  of  the  bloom  or  boxpile  shall 
be  free  from  any  admixture  of  iron  scrap  or  steel. 

140  Definition  of  Terms,     a    Bloom — A  bloom  is  a  solid  mass  of 
iron  that  has  been  hammered  into  a  convenient  size  for  rolling. 

b  Boxpile — A  boxpile  is  a  pile,  the  sides,  top  and  bottom  of  which 
are  formed  by  four  flat  bars  and  the  interior  of  which  consists  of  a 
number  of  small  bars  the  full  length  of  the  pile. 

c  Iron  Scrap — This  term  applies  only  to  foreign  or  purchased 
scrap  and  does  not  include  local  mill  products  free  from  foreign  or 
purchased  scrap. 

II     PHYSCIAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

141  Tension  Tests,     a     The  iron  shall  conform  to  the  following 
requirements  as  to  tensile  properties: 

Tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 49,000-53,000 

Yield  point,  min.,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 0.6  tens.  str. 

Elongation  in  8  in.,  min.,  per  cent 30 

Keduction  of  area,  min.,  per  cent 48 

b  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined  by  the  drop  of  the  beam 
of  the  testing  machine.  The  speed  of  the  cross-head  of  the  machine 
shall  not  exceed  1%  in.  per  minute. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  35 

142  Bend  Tests,     a     Cold-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen  shall 
bend  cold  through  180  deg.  flat  on  itself  in  both  directions  without 
fracture  on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion. 

b  Quench-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen,  when  heated  to  a  yel- 
low heat  and  quenched  at  once  in  water  the  temperature  of  which  is 
between  80  deg.  and  90  deg.  fahr.,  shall  bend  through  180  deg.  flat  on 
itself  without  fracture  on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion. 

c  Nick-lend  Tests — The  test  specimen,  when  nicked  25  per  cent 
around  with  a  tool  having  a  60-deg.  cutting  edge,  to  a  depth  of  not 
less  than  8  nor  more  than  16  per  cent  of  the  diameter  of  the  specimen, 
and  broken,  shall  show  a  clean  fiber  entirely  free  from  crystallization. 

d     Bend  tests  may  be  made  by  pressure  or  by  blows. 

143  Etch  Tests.1     The  cross-section  of  the  test  specimen  shall  be 
ground  or  polished,  and  etched  for  a  sufficient  period  to  develop  the 
structure.     This  test  shall  show  the  material  to  have  been  rolled  from 
a  bloom  or  a  boxpile,  and  to  be  free  from  steel. 

144  Test  Specimens.     All  test  specimens  shall  be  of  the  full  sec- 
tion of  material  as  rolled. 

145  Number  of  Tests,     a     Bars  of  one  size  shall  be  sorted  into 
lots  of  100  each.    Two  bars  shall  be  selected  at  random  from  each  lot 
or  fraction  thereof,  and  tested  as  specified  in  Pars.  141  and  142;  but 
only  one  of  these  bars  shall  be  tested  as  specified  in  Par.  143. 

b  If  any  test  specimen  from  either  of  the  bars  originally  selected 
to  represent  a  lot  of  material,  contains  surface  defects  not  visible  be- 
fore testing  but  visible  after  testing,  or  if  a  tension  test  specimen 
breaks  outside  the  middle  third  of  the  gage  length,  one  retest  from  a 
different  bar  will  be  allowed. 

c  "When  retests  as  specified  in  ~b  are  not  permitted,  a  reduction 
of  2  per  cent  in  elongation  and  3  per  cent  in  reduction  of  area  from 
that  specified  in  Par.  141,  shall  be  allowed. 


Ill     PERMISSIBLE  VARIATIONS  IN  GAGE 

146  Permissible  Variations.  The  bars  shall  be  truly  round 
within  0.01  in.,  and  shall  not  vary  more  than  0.005  in.  above  or  more 
than  0.01  in.  below  the  specified  size. 


JA  nolution  of  two  parts  water,  one  part  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  and  one  part-concen_ 
trated  sulphuric  acid  is  recommended  for  the  etch  test. 


36  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

IV  FINISH 

147  Finish.     The  bars  shall  be  smoothly  rolled  and  free  from 
slivers,  depressions,  seams,  crop  ends  and  evidences  of  being  burnt. 

V  MARKING 

148  Marking.     The  bars  shall  be  stamped  or  marked  as  desig- 
nated by  the  purchaser. 

VI     INSPECTION  AND  REJECTION 

149  Inspection,     a     The   inspector   representing   the   purchaser 
shall  have  free  entry,  at  all  times  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the 
purchaser  is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manufacturer's  works 
which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  material  ordered.     The  manu- 
facturer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities 
to  satisfy  him  that  the  material  is  being  furnished  in  accordance  with 
these  specifications.  Tests  and  inspection  at  the  place  of  manufacture 
shall  be  made  prior  to  shipment. 

b  The  purchaser  may  make  the  tests  to  govern  the  acceptance  or 
rejection  of  material  in  his  own  laboratory  or  elsewhere.  Such  tests, 
however,  shall  be  made  at  the  expense  of  the  purchaser. 

150  Rejection,     a     If  either  of  the  test  bars  selected  to  represent 
a  lot  does  not  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Pars.  141,  142 
and  143,  the  lot  will  be  rejected. 

b  Bars  which  will  not  take  a  clean,  sharp  thread  with  dies  in  fair 
condition,  or  which  develop  defects  in  forging  or  machining,  will  be 
rejected,  and  the  manufacturer  shall  be  notified. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,   SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  37 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  REFINED  WROUGHT-IRON 

BARS 

THESE  SPECIFICATIONS  ARE  SIMILAR  TO  THOSE  OF  THE  AMERICAN 
SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS,  SERIAL  DESIGNATION  A  41-13. 

I     MANUFACTURE 

151  Process.     Befined  wrought-iron  bars  shall  be  made  wholly 
from  puddled  iron,  and  may  consist  either  of  new  muck-bar  iron  or  a 
mixture  of  muck-bar  iron  and  scrap,  but  shall  be  free  from  any  ad- 
mixture of  steel. 

II     PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

152  Tension  Tests,     a     The  iron  shall  conform  to  the  following 
minimum  requirements  as  to  tensile  properties. 

Tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 48,000 

(See  Pars.  153  and  154.) 

Yield  point,  Ib.  per  sq.  in 25,000 

Elongation  in  8  in.,  per  cent 22 

(See  Par.  155.) 

b  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined  by  the  drop  of  the  beam 
of  the  testing  machine.  The  speed  of  the  cross-head  of  the  machine 
shall  not  exceed  1^2  in-  per  minute. 

153  Permissible  Variations.     Twenty  per  cent  of  the  test  speci- 
mens representing  one  size  may  show  tensile  strengths  1000  Ib.  per 
sq.  in.  under,  or  5000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  over  that  specified  in  Par.  152; 
but  no  specimen  shall  show  a  tensile  strength  under  45,000  Ib.  per 
sq.  in. 

154  Modifications  in  Tensile  Strength.    For  flat  bars  which  have 
to  be  reduced  in  width,  a  deduction  of  1000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  from  the 
tensile  strength  specified  in  Pars.  152  and  153,  shall  be  made. 

155  Permissible  Variations  in  Elongation.     Twenty  per  cent  of 
the  test  specimens  representing  one  size  may  show  the  following  per- 
centages of  elongation  in  8  in. : 

BOUND  BAES 

%  in.  or  over,  tested  as  rolled 20  per  cent 

Under  %  in.,  tested  as  rolled 16  per  cent 

Reduced  by  machining 18  per  cent 


38  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

PLAT  BAES 

%  in.  or  over,  tested  as  rolled 18  per  cent 

Under  %  in.,  tested  as  rolled 16  per  cent 

Reduced  by  machining 16  per  cent 

156  Bend  Tests,     a     Cold-bend  Tests — Cold  bend  tests  will  be 
made  only  on  bars  baving  a  nominal  area  of  4  sq.  in.  or  under,  in 
which  case  the  test  specimen  shall  bend  cold  through  180  deg.  without 
fracture  on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion,  around  a  pin  the  diameter 
of  which  is  equal  to  twice  the  diameter  or  thickness  of  the  specimen. 

b  Hot-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen,  when  heated  to  a  tempera- 
ture between  1700  deg.  and  1800  deg.  fahr.,  shall  bend  through  180 
deg.  without  fracture  on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion,  as  follows : 
for  round  bars  under  2  sq.  in.  in  section,  flat  on  itself;  for  round  bars 
2  sq.  in.  or  over  in  section  and  for  all  flat  bars,  around  a  pin  the 
diameter  of  which  is  equal  to  the  diameter  or  thickness  of  the  specimen. 

c  Nick-bend  Tests — The  test  specimen,  when  nicked  25  per  cent 
around  for  round  bars,  and  along  one  side  for  flat  bars,  with  a  tool 
having  a  60-deg.  cutting  edge,  to  a  depth  of  not  less  than  8  nor  more 
than  16  per  cent  of  the  diameter  or  thickness  of  the  specimen,  and 
broken,  shall  not  show  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the  fracture  surface 
to  be  crystalline. 

d     Bend  tests  may  be  made  by  pressure  or  by  blows. 

157  Etch  Tests.1     The  cross-section  of  the  test  specimen  shall  be 
ground  or  polished,  and  etched  for  a  sufficient  period  to  develop  the 
structure.     This  test  shall  show  the  material  to  be  free  from  steel. 

158  Test  Specimens,     a     Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  shall 
be  of  the  full  section  of  material  as  rolled,  if  possible;  otherwise  the 
specimens  shall  be  machined  from  the  material  as  rolled.     The  axis 
of  the  specimen  shall  be  located  at  any  point  one-half  the  distance 
from  the  center  to  the  surface  of  round  bars,  or  from  the  center  to 
the  edge  of  flat  bars,  and  shall  be  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  bar. 

b  Etch  test  specimens  shall  be  of  the  full  section  of  material  as 
rolled. 

159  Number  of  Tests,     a     All  bars  of  one  size  shall  be  piled 
separately.  One  bar  from  each  100  or  fraction  thereof  will  be  selected 
at  random  and  tested  as  specified. 

b  If  any  test  specimen  from  the  bar  originally  selected  to  repre- 
sent a  lot  of  material  contains  surface  defects  not  visible  before  test- 


1A.  solution  of  two  parts  water,  one  part  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  and  one  part  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid  is  recommended  for  the  etch  test. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,   SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


39 


ing  but  visible  after  testing,  or  if  a  tension  test  specimen  breaks  outside 
the  middle  third  of  the  gage  length,  one  retest  from  a  different  bar 
will  be  allowed. 

Ill     PERMISSIBLE  VARIATIONS  IN  GAGE 

160  Permissible  Variations,  a  Round  bars  shall  conform  to  the 
standard  limit  gages  adopted  by  the  Master  Car  Builders'  Association 
given  in  Table  2. 

TABLE  2    PERMISSIBLE  VARIATIONS  IN  GAGE  FOR  ROUND  WROUGHT-IRON  BARS 


Nominal 
Diameter, 
Inches 

Maximum 
Diameter, 
Inches 

Minimum 
Diameter, 
Inches 

Total 
Variation, 
Inches 

y 

0  2550 

0  .  2450 

0.010 

s 

0  3180 

0  3070 

0  Oil 

Y 

0.3810 

0  .  3690 

0.012 

T 

0.4440 

0  4310 

0.013 

J> 

0  5070 

0  4930 

0  014 

A    . 

0.5700 

0  .  5550 

0.015 

8 

0  6330 

0  6170 

0  016 

« 

0.7585 

0.7415 

0.017 

H 

0  8840 

0  8660 

0.018 

1     

1.0095 

0.9905 

0.019 

iu   . 

1  .  1  350 

1.1150 

0.020 

J3  

1  2605 

1  2395 

0.021 

1)  The  widths  or  thicknesses  of  flat  bars  shall  not  vary  more  than 
2  per  cent  from  that  specified. 

IY    FINISH 

161  Finish.     The  bars  shall  be  smoothly  rolled  and  free  from 
slivers,  depressions,  seams,  crop  ends  and  evidences  of  being  burnt. 

V    INSPECTION  AND  REJECTION 

162  Inspection,     a     The   inspector   representing   the   purchaser 
shall  have  free  entry,  at  all  times  while  work  on  the  contract  of  the 
purchaser   is  being  performed,   to   all   parts   of   the  manufacturer's 
works  which  concern  the  manufacture  of  the  material  ordered.     The 
manufacturer  shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost,  all  reasonable 
facilities  to  satisfy  him  that  the  material  is  being  furnished  in  ac- 
cordance with  these  specifications.     Tests  and  inspection  at  the  place 
of  manufacture  shall  be  made  prior  to  shipment. 

1)  The  purchaser  may  make  the  tests  to  govern  the  acceptance 
or  rejection  of  material  in  his  own  laboratory  or  elsewhere.  Such 
tests,  however,  shall  be  made  at  the  expense  of  the  purchaser. 


40  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

163  Rejection.  All  bars  of  one  size  will  be  rejected  if  the  test 
specimens  representing  that  size  do  not  conform  to  the  requirements 
specified. 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  LAPWELDED  AND  SEAMLESS 
BOILER  TUBES 

Approved  by  the  Boiler  Tube  Manufacturers  of  America 
September  25,   1914 

I     MANUFACTURE 

164  Process,  a  Lapwelded  tubes  shall  be  made  of  open-hearth 
steel  or  knobbled  hammered  charcoal  iron. 

&     Seamless  tubes  shall  be  made  of  open-hearth  steel. 

II  €HEMICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

16-5  Cliemical  Composition,  a  The  steel  shall  conform  to  the 
following  requirements  as  to  chemical  composition: 

Carbon     0.08-0.18     per  cent 

Manganese     0.30-0.50     per  cent 

Phosphorus    not  over  0.04     per  cent 

Sulphur    not  over  0.045  per  cent 

b     Chemical  analyses  will  not  be  required  for  charcoal  iron  tubes. 

166  Check  Analyses,     a     Analyses  of  two  tubes  in  each  lot  of 
250  (or  on  total  order  if  less  than  250)  may  be  made  by  the  purchaser 
which  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Par.  165.    Drill- 
ings for  analyses  shall  be  taken  from  several  points  around  each  tube. 

I)  If  the  analysis  of  only  one  tube  does  not  conform  to  the  re- 
quirements specified,  analyses  of  two  additional  tubes  from  the  same 
lot  shall  be  made,  each  of  which  shall  conform  to  the  requirements 
specified. 

III  PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  AND  TESTS 

167  Flange  Test,    a    A  test  specimen  not  less  than  4  in.  in  length 
shall  have  a  flange  turned  over  at  right  angles  to«the  body  of  the  tube 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


41 


without  showing  cracks  or  flaws.  This  flange  as  measured  from  the 
outside  of  the  tube  shall  be  %  in.  wide. 

b  In  making  the  flange  test,  the  flaring  tool  and  die  block  as 
shown  in  Fig.  7,  may  be  used. 

168  Flattening  Tests.  A  test  specimen  3  in.  in  length  shall 
stand  hammering  flat  until  the  inside  walls  are  brought  parallel  and 
separated  by  a  distance  equal  to  three  (3)  times  the  wall  thickness, 
without  showing  cracks  or  flaws.  In  the  case  lapwelded  tubes,  the 
test  shall  be  made  with  the  weld  at  the  point  of  maximum  bend. 


FLARING  TOOL 
A  -  O.S.  Diatn.  of  Tube  less 

a.  .    .   .  -    •• 


Position  after  using  Flarinq  Tool 
V     Position  after  using 

'         Flatter 


k-A 
DIE  BLOCK 
A=  O.S.  Diam.  of  Tube  + 


FIG.  7     DETAILS  OF  FLARING  TOOL  AND  DIE  BLOCK  KEQUIRED  FOR  MAKING 
FLANGE  TESTS  OF  BOILER  TUBES 


169  Hydrostatic  Tests.  Tubes  under  5  in.  in  diameter  shall  stand 
an  internal  hydrostatic  pressure  of  1000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  and  tubes  5  in. 
in  diameter  or  over,  an  internal  hydrostatic  pressure  of  800  Ib.  per  sq. 
in.    Lapwelded  tubes  shall  be  struck  near  both  ends,  while  under  pres- 
sure, with  a  two-pound  hand  hammer  or  the  equivalent. 

170  Test  Specimens,     a     All  test  specimens  shall  be  taken  from 
tubes  before  being  cut  to  finished  lengths  and  shall  be  smooth  on  the 
ends  and  free  from  burrs,    b    All  tests  shall  be  made  cold. 

171  Number  of  Tests.     One  flange  and  one  flattening  test  shall 
be  made  from  each  of  two  tubes  in  each  lot  of  250  or  less.    Each  tube 
shall  be  subjected  to  the  hydrostatic  test. 

172  Retests.     If  the  result  of  the  physical  tests  of  only  one  tube 
from  any  lot  do  not  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Pars.  167 
and  168,  retests  of  two  additional  tubes  from  the  same  lot  shall  be 
made,  aac-h  of  which  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  specified. 


42  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

ETCH    TESTS    FOR    CHARCOAL    IRON 

173  Etch   Tests.1     A  cross  section  of   tube  may  be  turned  or 
ground  to  a  perfectly  true  surface  polished  free  from  dirt  or  cracks, 
and  etched  until  the  soft  parts  are  sufficiently  dissolved  for  the  iron 
tube  to  show  a  decided  ridged  surface  with  the  weld  very  distinct, 
while  a  steel  tube  would  show  a  homogeneous  surface. 

IV    WORKMANSHIP  AND  FINISH 

174  Workmanship.     The  finished  tubes  shall  be  circular  within 
0.02  in.  and  the  mean  outside  diameter  shall  not  vary  more  than  0.015 
in.  from  the  size  ordered.     All  tubes  shall  be  carefully  gaged  with  a 
B.W.GL  gage  and  shall  not  be  less  than  the  gage  specified,  except 
the   tubes   on  which  the   standard   slot   gage,   specified,   will   go   on 
tightly  at  the  thinnest  point,  will  be  accepted.     The  length  shall  not 
be  less,  but  may  be  0.125  in.  more  than  that  ordered. 

175  Finish.     The  finished  tubes  shall  be  free  from  injurious  de- 
fects and  shall  have  a  workmanlike  finish  and  shall  be  practically  free 
from  kinks,  bends  and  buckles. 

V     MARKING 

176  Marking.     The  name  or  brand  of  the  manufacturer,  the  ma- 
terial from  which  it  is  made,  whether  steel  or  charcoal  iron,  and 
"Tested  at  1000  Ib."  for  tubes  under  5  in.  in  diameter,  or  "Tested  at 
800  Ib."  for  tubes  5  in.  in  diameter  or  over,  shall  be  legibly  stenciled 
on  each  tube. 

VI     INSPECTION  AND  REJECTION 

177  Inspection.     All  tests  and  inspection  shall  be  made  at  the 
place  of  manufacture.    The  manufacturer  of  boiler  tubes  shall  furnish 
the  purchaser  of  each  lot  of  tubes  a  statement  of  the  kind  of  material 
of  which  the  tubes  are  made,  and  that  the  tubes  have  been  tested  and 
have  met  all  the  requirements  of  these  rules.     This  statement  shall  be 
furnished  to  the  manufacturer  using  the  tubes. 

178  Rejection.     Tubes  when  inserted  in  the  boiler  shall  stand 
expanding  and  beading  without  showing  cracks  or  flaws,  or  opening 
at  the  weld.    Tubes  which  fail  in  this  manner  will  be  rejected  and  the 
manufacturer  shall  be  notified. 


*A  solution  of  two  parts  of  water,  one  part  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  and  one  part 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  is  recommended  for  the  etch  test. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  43 


CONSTRUCTION  AND  MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WORKING  PRESSURES 
FOR  POWER  BOILERS 

179  Maximum  Allowable  Working  Pressure.     The  maximum  al- 
iowable  working  pressure  is  that  at  which  a  boiler  may  be  operated  as 
determined  by  employing  the  factors  of  safety,  stresses,  and  dimensions 
designated  in  these  Eules. 

Xo  boiler  shall  be  operated  at  a  higher  pressure  than  the  maxi- 
mum allowable  working  pressure  except  when  the  safety  valve  or 
valves  are  blowing,  at  which  time  the  maximum  allowable  working 
pressure  shall  not  be  exceeded  by  more  than  six  per  cent. 

Wherever  the  term  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  is  used 
herein,  it  refers  to  gage  pressure,  or  the  pressure  above  the  atmosphere, 
in  pounds  per  square  inch. 

180  The  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on  the  shell  of  a 
boiler  or  drum  shall  be  determined  by  the  strength  of  the  weakest 
course,  computed  from  the  thickness  of  the  plate,  the  tensile  strength 
stamped  thereon,  as  provided  for  in  Par.   36,  the  efficiency  of  the 
longitudinal  joint,  or  of  the  ligament  between  the  tube  holes  in  shell 
or  drum,  (whichever  is  the  least),  the  inside  diameter  of  the  course, 
and  the  factor  of  the  safety. 

•=  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

where 

TS  =  ultimate  tensile  strength  stamped  on  shell  plates,  as 
provided  for  in  Par.  36,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

t  =  minimum  thickness  of  shell  plates  in  weakest  course,  in. 

E  =  efficiency  of  longitudinal  joint  or  of  ligaments  between 
tube  holes  (whichever  is  the  least) 

R  =  inside  radius  of  the  weakest  course   of  the   shell   or 
drum,  in. 

FS  =  factor  of  safety,  or  the  ratio  of  the  ultimate  strength  of 
the  material  to  the  allowable  stress.  For  new  con- 
structions covered  in  Part  I,  FS  in  the  above  for- 
mula —  5. 


44  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

BOILER  JOINTS 

181  Efficiency  of  a  Joint.  The  efficiency  of  a  joint  is  the  ratio 
which  the  strength  of  the  joint  bears  to  the  strength  of  the  solid 
plate.  In  the  case  of  a  riveted  joint  this  is  determined  by  calculating 
the  breaking  strength  of  a  unit  section  of  the  joint,  considering  each 
possible  mode  of  failure  separately,  and  dividing  the  lowest  result  by 
the  breaking  strength  of  the  solid  plate  of  a  length  equal  to  that  of  the 
section  considered.  (See  Appendix,  Par.  410  to  416,  for  detailed 
methods  and  examples.) 

188  The  distance  between  the  center  lines  of  any  two  adjacent 
rows  of  rivets,  or  the  "back  pitch"  measured  at  right  angles  to  the 
direction  of  the  joint,  shall  be  at  least  twice  the  diameter  of  the  rivets 
and  shall  also  meet  the  following  requirements : 

a  Where  each  rivet  in  the  inner  row  comes  midway  between 
two  rivets  in  the  outer  row,  the  sum  of  the  two  diagonal 
sections  of  the  plate  between  the  inner  rivet  and  the  two 
outer  rivets  shall  be  at  least  20  per  cent  greater  than  the 
section  of  the  plate  between  the  two  rivets  in  the  outer 
row. 

&  Where  two  rivets  in  the  inner  row  come  between  two  rivets 
in  the  outer  row,  the  sum  of  the  two  diagonal  sections  of 
the  plate  between  the  two  inner  rivets  and  the  two  rivets 
in  the  outer  row  shall  be  at  least  20  per  cent  greater  than 
the  difference  in  the  section  of  the  plate  between  the  two 
rivets  in  the  outer  row  and  the  two  rivets  in  the  inner  row. 

183  On  longitudinal  joints,   the  distance  from  the   centers  of 
rivet  holes  to  the  edges  of  the  plates,  except  rivet  holes  in  the  ends  of 
butt  straps,  shall  be  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  times  the  diameter 
of  the  rivet  holes. 

184  a     Circumferential  Joints.    The  strength  of  circumferential 
joints  of  boilers,  the  heads  of  which  are  not  stayed  by  tubes  or  through 
braces  shall  be  at  least  50  per  cent  that  of  the  longitudinal  joints  of  the 
same  structure. 

I  When  50  per  cent  or  more  of  the  load  which  would  act  on  an 
imstayed  solid  head  of  the  same  diameter  as  the  shell,  is  relieved  by  the 
effect  of  tubes  or  through  stays,  in  consequence  of  the  reduction  of  the 
area  acted  on  by  the  pressure  and  the  holding  power  of  the  tubes  and 
stays,  the  strength  of  the  circumferential  joints  in  the  shell  shall  be 
at  least  35  per  cent  that  of  the  longitudinal  joints. 

185  When  she'll  plates  exceed  9/16  in.  in  thickness  in  horizontal 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


4T> 


return  tubular  boilers,  the  portion  of  the  plates  forming  the  laps  of  the 
circumferential  joints,  where  exposed  to  the  fire  or  products  of  com- 
bustion, shall  be  planed  or  milled  down  as  shown  in  Fig.  8,  to  V2  in. 
in  thickness,  provided  the  requirement  in  Par.  184  is  complied  with. 

18-6  Welded  Joints.  The  ultimate  tensile  strength  of  a  longi- 
tudinal joint  which  has  been  properly  welded  by  the  forging  process, 
shall  be  taken  as  £8,500  Ib.  per  sq.  in.,  with  steel  plates  having  a  range 
in  tensile  strength  of  47,000  to  5.5,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

187  Longitudinal  Joints.  The  longitudinal  joints  of  a  shell  or 
drum  which  exceeds  3.6  in.  in  diameter,  shall  be  of  butt  and  double- 
strap  construction. 

18i8     The  longitudinal  joints  of  a  shell  or  drum  which  does  not 


FIG.  8     CIRCUMFERENTIAL  JOINT  FOR  THICK  PLATES  OF  HORIZONTAL  EETURN 

TUBULAR  BOILERS 


exceed  36  in.  in  diameter,  may  be  of  lap-riveted  construction;  but  the 
maximum  allowable  working  pressure  shall  not  exceed   100  Ib.  per 

sq.  in. 

189  The  longitudinal  joints  of  horizontal  return  tubular  boilers 
shall  be  located  above  the  fire-line  of  the  setting. 

190  A  horizontal  return  tubular  boiler  on  which  a  longitudinal 
lap  joint  is  permitted  shall  not  have  a  course  over  12  ft.  in  length. 
With  butt  and  double-strap  construction,  longitudinal  joints  of  any 
length  may  be  used  provided  the  plates  are  tested  transversely  to 
the  direction  of  rolling,  which  tests  shall  show  the  standards  pre- 
scribed under  the  Specifications  of  Boiler  Plate  Steel. 

191  Butt  straps  and  the  ends  of  shell  plates  forming  the  longi- 
tudinal joints  shall  be  rolled  or  formed  by  pressure,  not  blows,  to  the 
proper  curvature. 


46  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

LIGAMENTS 

192     Efficiency  of  Ligament.     When  a  shell  or  drum  is  drilled  for 

tubes  in  a  iine  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  shell  or  drum,  the  efficiency 

of  the  ligament  between  the  tube  holes  shall  be  determined  as  follows : 

a  When  the  pitch  of  the  tube  holes  on  every  row  is  equal  (Fig. 

9 ) ,  the  formula  is : 

P — ^ 


where 


=  efficiency  of  ligament 
; 

p  =  pitch  of  tube  holes,  in. 
d  =  diameter  of  tube  holes,  in. 


Longitudinal   Lt'ne 


FIG.  9    EXAMPLE  OF  TUBE  SPACING  WITH  PITCH  OF 
HOLES  EQUAL  IN  EVERY  Eow 

Example:  Pitch  of  tube  holes  in  the  drum  as  shown  in  Fig.  9 
=  514  in.  Diameter  of  tubes  •=  3*4  in.  Diameter  of  tube  holes  = 
3  9/32  in. 


p^d        5.25—3.281 


—  0.375,  efficiency  of  ligament 


longitudinal  Line 


FIG.  10     EXAMPLE  OF  TUBE  SPACING  WITH  PITCH 
OF  HOLES  UNEQUAL  IN  EVERY  SECOND  Eow 

b  When  the  pitch  of  tube  holes  on  any  one  row  is  unequal  (as 
in  Figs.  10  or  11),  the  formula  is: 

~  -  =  efficiency  of  ligament 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  TART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  47 

where 

p  —  unit  length  of  ligament,  in. 

n  =  number  of  tube  holes  in  length,  p. 

d  =  diameter  of  tube  holes,  in. 

Example:     Spacing  shown  in  Fig.  10.    Diameter  of  tube  holes  '== 
3  9/32  in. 

p—nd        32— 2X3.2-81 

—  = — =  0.453,  efficiency  of  ligament 

P  ±/Ci 

Example:     Spacing  shown  in  Fig.  11.     Diameter  of  tube  holes 
=  3  9/32  in. 


p—nd        29.25—5X3.281 


P 


29.2.5 


=  0.439,  efficiency  of  ligament 


Longitudinal  Line 


FIG.  11     EXAMPLE  OF  TUBE  SPACING  WITH  PITCH  OF  HOLES 
VARYING  IN  EVERY  SECOND  AND  THIRD  Kow 

193  When  a  shell  or  drum  is  drilled  for  tube  holes  in  a  line 
diagonal  with  the  axis  of  the  shell  or  drum  as  shown  in  Fig.  12,  the 
efficiency  of  the  ligament  between  the  tube  holes  shall  be  determined 
by  the  following  methods  and  the  lowest  value  used. 

0.95  (Pl—d) 
a  —  =  efficiency  01  ligament 


6 

where 


=  efficiency  of  ligament 


p^  =  diagonal  pitch  of  tube  holes,  in. 
d  =  diameter  of  tube  holes,  in. 

p  =  longitudinal  pitch  of  tube  holes  or  distance  between 
centers  of  tubes  in  a  longitudinal  row,  in. 

The  constant  0.95  in  formula  a  applies  provided  ^  is  1.5  or  over. 


48 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


Example  :     Diagonal  pitch  of  tube  holes  in  drum  as  shown  in  Fig. 
12  =  6.42  iu. 

Diameter  of  tube  holes  =  4  1/32  in. 
Longitudinal  pitch  of  tube  holes  =  11%  in. 


0.95(6.42  —  4.031) 

—        l  =  0.353,  efficiency  of  ligament 


11.5—4.03.1 
11.5 


=  0.649,  efficiency  of  ligament 


The  value  determined  by  formula  a  is  the  least  and  is  the  one  that 
shall  be  used  in  this  case. 


Longitudinal    Line >• 

FIG.  12    EXAMPLE  OF  TUBE  SPACING  WITH  TUBE  HOLES  ON  DIAGONAL  LINES 


194  Domes.  The  longitudinal  joint  of  a  dome  24  in.  or  over  in 
diameter  shall  be  of  butt  and  double-strap  construction,  and  its  flange 
shall  be  double  riveted  to  the  boiler  shell  when  the  maximum  allowable 
working  pressure  exceeds  100  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

The  longitudinal  joint  of  a  dome  less  than  24  in.  in  diameter  may 
be  of  the  lap  type,  and  its  flange  may  be  single  riveted  to  the  boiler 
shell  provided  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on  such  a 
dome  is  computed  with  a  factor  of  safety  of  not  less  than  8. 

The  dome  may  be  located  on  the  barrel  or  over  the  fire-box  on 
traction,  portable  or  stationary  boilers  of  the  locomotive  type  up  to 
and  including  48  in.  barrel  diameter.  For  larger  barrel  diameters,  the 
dome  shall  be  placed  on  the  barrel. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS        49 
DISHED  HEADS 

195  Convex  Heads.  The  thickness  required  in  an  unstayed 
dished  head  with  the  pressure  on  the  concave  side,  when  it  is  a  seg- 
ment of  a  sphere,  shall  be  calculated  by  the  following  formula  : 


2XT8 

where 

i  —  thickness  of  plate,  in. 

P  =  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
TS  —  tensile  strength,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

L  =  radius  to  which  the  head  is  dished,  in. 

Where  the  radius  is  less  than  80  per  cent  of  the  diameter  of  the 
shell  or  drum  to  which  the  head  is  attached  the  thickness  shall  be  at 
least  that  found  by  the  formula  by  making  L  equal  to  80  per  cent  of 
the  diameter  of  the  shell  or  drum. 

Concave  Heads.  Dished  heads  with  the  pressure  on  the  convex 
side  shall  have  a  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  equal  to  60 
per  cent  of  that  for  heads  of  the  same  dimensions  with  the  pressure 
on  the  concave  side. 

When  a  dished  head  has  a  manhole  opening,  the  thickness  as 
found  by  these  Eules  shall  be  increased  by  not  less  than  %  in. 

196  Yfhen  dished  heads  are  of  a  less  thickness  than  called  for 
by  Par.  195,  they  shall  be  stayed  as  flat  surfaces,  no  allowance  being 
made  in  such  staying  for  the  holding  power  due  to  the  spherical  form. 

197  The  corner  radius  of  an  unstayed  dished  head  measured  on 
the  concave  side  of  the  head  shall  not  be  less  than  iy2  m-  or  more 
than  4  in.  and  within  these  limits  shall  be  not  less  than  3  per  cent  of 
L  in  Par.  195. 

198  A  manhole  opening  in  a  dished  head  shall  be  flanged  to  a 
depth  of  not  less  than  three  times  the  thickness  of  the  head  measured 
from  the  outside. 

BRACED  AND  STAYED  .SURFACES 

199  The    maximum    allowable    working    pressure    for    various 
thicknesses  of  braced  and  stayed  flat  plates  and  those  which  by  these 
Eules  require    staying  as  flat  surfaces  with  braces  or  staybolts  of  uni- 


50  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

form    diameter    symmetrically    spaced,    shall    be    calculated    by    the 
formula  : 


where 

P  =  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
t  =  thickness  of  plate  in  sixteenths  of  an  inch 

P  =  maximum  pitch  measured  between  straight  lines  passing 
through  the  centers  of  the  staybolts  in  the  different 
rows,  which  lines  may  be  horizontal,  vertical  or  in- 
clined, in. 

C  =  11,2  for  stays  screwed  through  plates  not  over  7/16  in. 
thick  with  ends  riveted  over 

C  =  120  for  stays  screwed  through  plates  over  7/16  in.  thick 
with  ends  riveted  over 

(7  =  135  for  stays  screwed  through  plates  and  fitted  with 
single  nuts  outside  of  plate 

C  =  175  for  stays  fitted  with  inside  and  outside  nuts  and 
outside  washers  where  the  diameter  of  washers  is  not 
less  than  OAp  and  thickness  not  less  than  t. 

If  flat  plates  not  less  than  %  in.  thick  are  strengthened  with  doubling 
plates  securely  riveted  thereto  and  having  a  thickness  of  not  less 
than  2/3  t,  nor  more  than  t,  then  the  value  of  t  in  the  formula  shall 
be  %  of  the  combined  thickness  of  the  plates  and  the  values  of  C 
given  above  may  also  be  increased  15  per  cent. 

200  Staylolts.     The  ends  of  screwed  staybolts  shall  be  riveted 
over  or  upset  by  equivalent  process.    The  outside  ends  of  such  staybolts 
shall  be  drilled  with  a  hole  at  least  3/16  in.  diameter  to  a  depth  ex- 
tending y2  in.  beyond  the  inside  of  the  plates,  except  on  boilers  having 
a  grate  area  not  exceeding  15  sq.  ft.,  where  the  drilling  of  the  staybolts 
is  optional. 

201  When  channel  irons  or  other  members  are  securely  riveted 
to  the  boiler  heads  for  attaching  through  stays  the  transverse  stress 
on  such  members  shall  not  exceed  12,500  Ib.  per  sq.  in.    In  computing 
the  stress,  the  section  modulus  of  the  member  shall  be  used  without 
addition  for  the  strength  of  the  plate.    The  spacing  of  the  rivets  over 
the  supported  surface  shall  be  in  conformity  with  that  specified  for 
staybolts. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


51 


The  ends  of  stays  fitted  with  nuts  shall  not  be  exposed  to 
the  direct  radiant  heat  of  the  fire. 

203  The  maximum  spacing  between  centers  of  rivets  attaching 
the  crowfeet  of  braces  to  the  braced  surface,  shall  be  determined  by 
the  formula  in  Par.  199,  using  135  for  value  of  C. 

The  maximum  spacing  between  the  inner  surface  of  the  shell  and 
lines  parallel  to  the  surface  of  the  shell  passing  through  the  centers 
of  the  rivets  attaching  the  crowfeet  of  braces  to  the  head,  shall  be 
determined  by  the  formula  in  Par.  199,  using  160  for  the  value  of  C. 


TABLE  3     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  PITCH,  IN  INCHES,  OF  SCREWED  STAYBOLTS, 
ENDS  RIVETED  OVER 


Pressure, 
Lb.  per  Sq.  In. 

Thickness  of  Plate,  In. 

Iff 

y* 

A 

H 

A 

y* 

1A 

10 

Maximum  Pitch  of  Staybolts,  In. 

100 
110 
120 
125 
130 
140 
150 
160 
170 
ISO 
190 
200 
225 
250 
300 

5M 
5 
4M 
4M 
4^ 
4K 

4M 

4M 
4 

GSA 

6 
5M 

sy* 

5^ 

sys 
sys 

5 

VA 

4M 

4^ 
4^ 
4K 
4 

7% 
7 
&H 

sy* 

VA 
VA 

6 

5^ 
55A 

VA 
5% 
5M 
VA 
±Y* 

4^ 

"  sy8" 

8 

IK 

7ys 
7ys 
7'ys 
VA 

6M 
6^ 
6^ 

sy* 

5H 
51A 
5     • 

%% 

8 
7% 
7H 
7^ 
7H 
7 
6^ 

6M 

5^ 

&A 

&ys 

77A 
7M 

7M 
6^ 
6^ 

"sii" 

8 

7H 

7 

The  formula  in  Par.  199  was  used  in  computing  Table  3. 
Where  values  for  screwed  stays  with  ends  riveted  over  are  required  for 
conditions  not  given  in  Table  3,  they  may  be  computed  from  the 
formula  and  used,  provided  the  pitch  does  not  exceed  Sl/2  in. 

205  The  distance  from  the  edge  of  a  staybolt  hole  to  a  straight 
line  tangent  to  the  edges  of  the  rivet  holes  may  be  substituted  for  p 
for  staybolts  adjacent  to  the  riveted  edges  bounding  a  stayed  surface. 
When  the  edge  of  a  stayed  plate  is  flanged,  p  shall  be  measured  from 
the  inner  surface  of  the  flange,  at  about  the  line  of  rivets  to  the  edge 
of  the  staybolts  or  to  the  projected  edge  of  the  staybolts. 


52 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


206  The  distance  between  the  edges  of  the  staybolt  holes  may  be 
substituted  for  p  for  staybolts  adjacent  to  a  furnace  door  or  other 
boiler  fitting,  tube  hole,  hand  hole  or  other  opening. 

207  In  water  leg  boilers,  the  staybolts  may  be  spaced  at  greater 
distances  between  the  rows  than  indicated  in  Table  3,  provided  the 
portions  of  the  sheet  which  come  between  the  rows  of  staybolts  have 
the  proper  transverse  strength  to  give  a  factor  of  safety  of  at  least  5 
at  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure. 

208  The  diameter  of  a  screw  stay  shall  be  taken  at  the  bottom  of 
the  thread,  provided  this  is  the  least  diameter. 


CT0QOOOOOOOOOOOOO 


FIG.  13     METHOD  OF  DETERMINING  NET  AREA  OF  SEGMENT  OF  A  HEAD 


.209  The  least  cross-sectional  area  of  a  stay  shall  be  taken  in  calcu- 
lating the  allowable  stress,  except  that  when  the  stays  are  welded  and 
have  a  larger  cross-sectional  area  at  the  weld  than  at  some  other  point, 
in  which  case  the  strength  at  the  weld  shall  be  computed  as  well  as  in 
the  solid  part  and  the  lower  value  used. 

210  Holes  for  screw  stays  shall  be  drilled  full  size  or  punched 
not  to  exceed  !/4  in.  less  than  full  diameter  of  the  hole  for  plates  over 
5/16  in.  in  thickness,  and  %  in.  less  than  the  full  diameter  of  the 
hole  for  plates  not  exceeding  5/16  in.  in  thickness,  and  then  drilled 
or  reamed  to  the  full  diameter.     The  holes  shall  be  tapped  fair  and 
true,  with  a  full  thread. 

211  The  ends  of  steel  stays  upset  for  threading,  shall  be  thor- 
oughly annealed. 

212  An  internal  cylindrical  furnace  which  requires  staying  shall 
be  stayed  as  a  flat  surface  as  indicated  in  Table  3. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


53- 


213  Staying  Segments  of  Heads.  A  segment  of  a  head  shall 
be  stayed  by  head  to  head,  through,  diagonal,  crowfoot  or  gusset  stays, 
except  that  a  horizontal  return  tubular  boiler  may  be  stayed  as  pro- 
vided in  Pars.  225  to  229. 

,214  Areas  of  Segments  of  Heads  to  le  Stayed.  The  area  of  a 
segment  of  a  head  to  be  stayed  shall  be  the  area  enclosed  by  lines  drawn 
3  in.  from  the  shell  and  2  in.  from  the  tubes,  as  shown  in  Figs.  13 
and  14. 

215  In  water  tube  boilers,  the  tubes  of  which  are  connected  to 
drum  heads,  the  area  to  be  stayed  shall  be  taken  as  the  total  area  of 
the  head  less  a  5  in.  annular  ring,  measured  from  the  inner  circum- 
ference of  the  drum  shell. 


oooooQOOooo 

OQP 


opo 


FIG.  14     METHOD  OF  DETERMINING  NET  AREA  OF  IRREGULAR 
SEGMENT  OF  A  HEAD 


When  such  drum  heads  are  30  in.  or  less  in  diameter  and  the 
tube  plate  is  stiffened  by  flanged  ribs  or  gussets,  no  stays  need  be  used 
if  a  hydrostatic  test  to  destruction  of  a  boiler  or  unit  section  built  in 
accordance  with  the  construction,  shows  that  the  factor  of  safety  is  at 
least  5. 

216  In  a  fire  tube  boiler,  stays  shall  be  used  in  the  tube  sheets  if 
the  distances  between  the  edges  of  the  tube  holes  exceed  the  maximum 
pitch  of  staybolts  given  in  Table  3.  That  part  of  the  tube  sheet  which 
comes  between  the  tubes  and  the  shell,  need  not  be  stayed  when  the 
distance  from  the  inside  of  the  shell  to  the  outer  surface  of  the  tubes 
does  not  exceed  that  given  by  the  formula  in  Par.  199,  using  160  for 
the  value  of  C. 


54  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

217     The  net  area  to  be  stayed  in  a  segment  of  a  head  may  be  de- 
termined by  the  following  formula : 


\  — (H     5\  — 0.608  =  area  to  be  stayed,  sq.  in. 


3 


where 


H  —  distance  from  tubes  to  shell,  in. 

R  —  radius  of  boiler  head,  in. 

218  When  the  portion  of  the  head  below  the  tubes  in  a  horizon- 
tal return  tubular  boiler  is  provided  with  a  manhole  opening,  the 
flange  of  which  is  formed  from  the  solid  plate  and  turned  inward 
to  a  depth  of  not  less  than  three  times  the  thickness  of  the  head,  meas- 
ured from  the  outside,  the  area  to  be  stayed  as  indicated  in  Fig.  14, 
may  be  reduced  by  100  sq.  in.  The  surface  around  the  manhole  shall 
be  supported  by  through  stays  with  nuts  inside  and  outside  at  the  front 
head. 


TABLE  4 


MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  STRESSES  FOR  STAYS  AND 
STAYBOLTS 


Description  of  Stays 

Stresses,  Lb.  per  Sq.  In. 

For   Lengths   between 
Supports  not  Exceed- 
ing 120  Diameters 

For   Lengths   between 
Supports   Exceeding 
120  Diameters 

a  Unwelded  stays  less  than  twenty  diameters  long 
screwed  through  plates  with  ends  riveted  over.  . 
6  Unwelded  stays  and  unwelded  portions  of  welded 
stays,  except  as  specified  in  line  a 

7500 

9500 
6000 

8500 
6000 

e  Welded  portions  of  stays  

219  When  stay  rods  are  screwed  through  the  sheets  and  riveted 
over,  they  shall  be  supported  at  intervals  not  exceeding  6  ft.  In  boilers 
without  manholes,   stay  rods  over   6  ft.   in  length  may  be  screwed 
through  the  sheets  and  fitted  with  nuts  and  washers  on  the  outside. 

220  The  maximum  allowable  stress  per  square  inch  net  cross 
sectional  area  of  stays  and  staybolts  shall  be  as  given  in  Table  4. 

The  length  of  the  stay  between  supports  shall  be  measured  from 
the  inner  faces  of  the  stayed  plates.  The  stresses  are  based  on  tension 
only.  For  computing  stresses  in  diagonal  stays,  see  Pars.  2,21  and  222. 

221  Stresses  in  Diagonal  and  Gusset  Stays.     Multiply  the  area 
of  a  direct  stay  required  to  support  the  surface  by  the  slant  or  diagonal 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


55 


length  of  the  stay ;  divide  this  product  by  the  length  of  a  line  drawn 
at  right  angles  to  surface  supported  to  center  of  palm  of  diagonal  stay. 
The  quotient  will  be  the  required  area  of  the  diagonal  stay. 


A  = 


aXL 


where 


A  =  sectional  area  of  diagonal  stay,  sq.  in. 
a  =  sectional  area  of  direct  stay,  sq.  in. 
L  =  length  of  diagonal  stay,  as  indicated  in  Fig.  15,  in. 
I  =  length  of  line  drawn  at  right  angles  to  boiler  head  or 
surface  supported  to  center  of  palm  of  diagonal  stay, 
a?  indicated  in  Fig.  15,  in. 


FIG.  15    MEASUREMENTS  FOR  DETERMINING  STRESSES  IN 
DIAGONAL  STAYS 

Given  diameter  of  direct  stay  =  1  in.,  a  =  0.7854,  L  =  60  in., 
I  —  48  in. ;  substituting  and  solving : 


0.7854X60 
48 


=  0.981  sectional  area,  sq.  in. 


Diameter  =  1.11  in.  =  1%  in. 

222  For  staying  segments  of  tube  sheets  such  as  in  horizontal 
return  tubular  boilers,  where  L  is  not  more  than  1.15  times  I  for  any 
brace,  the  stays  may  be  calculated  as  direct  stays,  allowing  90  per  cent 
of  the  stress  given  in  Table  4. 

223  Diameter  of  Pins  and  Area  of  Rivets  in  Brace.     The  sec- 
tional area  of  pins  to  resist  double  shear  and  bending  when  secured  in 
crowfoot,  sling,  and  similar  stays  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  three- 


56 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


fourths  of  the  required  cross-sectional  area  of  the  brace.  The  com- 
bined cross  section  of  the  eye  at  the  sides  of  the  pin  shall  be  at  least 
25  per  cent  greater  than  the  required  cross-sectional  area  of  the  brace. 
The  cross-sectional  area  of  the  rivets  attaching  a  brace  to  the 
shell  or  head  shall  be  not  less  than  one  and  one  quarter  times  the  re- 
quired sectional  area  of  the  brace.  Each  branch  of  a  crowfoot  shall 
be  designed  to  carry  two-thirds  of  the  total  load  on  the  brace.  The 
net  sectional  areas  through  the  sides  of  the  crowfeet,  tee  irons  or 
similar  fastenings  at  the  rivet  holes  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  the  re- 
quired rivet  section.  All  rivet  holes  shall  be  drilled  and  burrs  removed, 
and  the  pins  shall  be  made  a  neat  fit. 

TABLE  5     SIZES  OF  ANGLES  REQUIRED  FOR  STAYING  SEGMENTS  OF  HEADS 
With  the  short  legs  of  the  angles  attached  to  the  head  of  the  boiler 


30"  Boiler 

34"  Boiler 

30"  Boiler 

Height 

of 

Angle 

Angle 

Angle 

Angle 

Angle 

Angle 

Angle 

Angle 

Angle 

Dimen- 

Segment, 

3"x2^" 

3;H£"x3" 

4"x3" 

3^"x3" 

4"x3" 

5"x3" 

4"x3" 

5"x3" 

G"x33^" 

sion 

Y"\-                    •             T> 

A  in 

in  Fig.  16 

Thick- 

Thick- 

Thick- 

Thick- 

Thick- 

Thick- 

Thick- 

Thick- 

Thick- 

Fig. 16 

ness, 

ness, 

ness, 

ness, 

ness, 

ness, 

ness, 

ness, 

ness, 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

10 

« 

A 

A 







— 



— 

GH 

11 

A 

K 

A 

& 

A 

A 

— 

— 

— 

7 

12 

& 

A 

H 

H 

A 

A 

& 

& 

— 

7y2 

13 

— 

A 

A 

H 

^ 

A 

A 

ys 

— 

8 

14 

— 

— 

H 

— 

5/s 

3/s 

*A 

A 

H 

8^ 

15 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

y2 

% 

y* 

s/s 

9 

16 

~ 

~ 

~ 

" 

~ 

~ 

~ 

5A 

& 

9K 

224:  Gusset  stays  when  constructed  of  triangular  right-angled  web 
plates  secured  to  single  or  double  angle  bars  along  the  two  sides 
at  right  angles  shall  have  a  cross-sectional  area  (in  a  plane  at  right 
angles  to  the  longest  side  and  passing  through  the  intersection  of  the 
two  shorter  sides)  not  less  than  10  per  cent  greater  than  would  be 
required  for  a  diagonal  stay  to  support  the  same  surface,  figured  by  the 
formula  in  Par.  2:21,  assuming  the  diagonal  stay  is  at  the  same  angle 
as  the  longest  side  of  the  gusset  plate. 

2.25  Staying  of  Upper  Segments  of  Tube  Heads  ly  Steel  Angles. 
When  the  shell  of  a  boiler  does  not  exceed  36  in.  in  diameter  and  is 
designed  for  a  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  not  exceeding  100 
Ib.  per  sq.  in.,  the  segment  of  heads  above  the  tubes  may  be  stayed  by 
steel  angles  as  specified  in  Table  5  and  Fig.  16,  except  that  angles  of 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,   SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


57 


equal  thickness  and  greater  depth  of  outstanding  leg,  or  of  greater 
thickness  and  the  same  depth  of  outstanding  leg,  may  be  substituted  for 
those  specified.  The  legs  attached  to  the  heads  may  vary  in  depth 
1/2  in.  above  or  below  the  dimensions  specified  in  Table  5. 

226  When  this  form  of  bracing  is  to  be  placed  on  a  boiler,  the 
diameter  of  which  is  intermediate  to  or  below  the  diameters  given  in 
Table  5,  the  tabular  values  for  the  next  higher  diameter  shall  govern. 
Eivets  of  the  same  diameter  as  used  in  the  longitudinal  seams  of  the 
boiler  shall  be  used  to  attach  the  angles  to  the  head  and  to  connect 
the  outstanding  legs. 


FIG.  16     STAYING  OF  HEAD  WITH  STEEL  ANGLES  IN  TUBULAR  BOILER 


,2'27  The  rivets  attaching  angles  to  heads  shall  be  spaced  not 
over  4  in.  apart.  The  centers  of  the  end  rivets  shall  be  not  over  3  in. 
from  the  ends  of  the  angle.  The  rivets  through  the  outstanding  legs 
shall  be  spaced  not  over  8  in.  apart ;  the  centers  of  the  end  rivets  shall 
be  not  more  than  4  in.  from  the  ends  of  the  angles.  The  ends  of  the 
angles  shall  be  considered  those  of  the  outstanding  legs  and  the  lengths 
shall  be  such  that  their  ends  overlap  a  circle  3  in.  inside  the  inner 
surface  of  the  shell  as  shown  in  Fig.  16. 

2-28  The  distance  from  the  center  of  the  angles  to  the  shell  of 
the  boiler,  marked  A  in  Fig.  16,  shall  not  exceed  the  values  given  in 
Table  5,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  leg  attached  to  the  head  on  the  lower 
angle  come  closer  than  2  in.  to  the  top  of  the  tubes. 


58  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

2(29  When  segments  are  beyond  the  range  specified  in  Table  5, 
the  heads  shall  be  braced  or  stayed  in  accordance  with  the  requirements 
in  these  Rules. 

230  Crown  Bars  and  Girder  Stays.  'Crown  bars  and  girder  stays 
for  tops  of  combustion  chambers  and  back  connections,  or  wherever 
used,  shall  be  proportioned  to  conform  to  the  following  formula  : 


Maximum  allowable  working  pressure  =—7™ 

\  rV 

where 

W  =  extreme  distance  between  supports,  in. 
P  =  pitch  of  supporting  bolts,  in. 

D  =  distance  between  girders  from  center  to  center,  in. 
d  =  depth  of  girder,  in. 
T  =  thickness  of  girder,  in. 

C  =  7000  when  the  girder  is  fitted  with  one  supporting  bolt 
C  =  10,000  when  the  girder  is  fitted  with  two  or  three  sup- 

porting bolts 
C  =  11,000  when  the  girder  is  fitted  with  four  or  five  sup- 

porting bolts 
C  =  11,500  when  the  girder  is  fitted  with  six  or  seven  sup- 

porting bolts 
C  =  12,000  when  the  girder  is  fitted  with  eight  or  more  sup- 

porting bolts 

Example:  Given  W  =  3-1  in.,  P  =  7.5  in.,  D  =  7.75  in., 
d  =  7.5  in.,  T  =  2  in.;  three  stays  per  girder,  C  =  10,000;  then 
substituting  in  formula: 

Maximum  allowable  working  pressure  — 

10,000X7.5X7.5X2 

(34-7.5)  X  ?.75X34  *s  16L1  lb'  Per  s^  m' 

2(31  Maximum  Allowable  Working  Pressure  on  Truncated  Cones. 
Upper  combustion  chambers  or  vertical  submerged  tubular  boilers 
made  in  the  shape  of  a  frustum  of  a  cone  when  not  over  38  in.  diam- 
eter at  the  large  end,  may  be  used  without  stays  if  figured  by  the 
rule  for  plain  cylindrical  furnaces  (Par.  239)  making  D  in  the  for- 
mula equal  to  the  diameter  at  the  large  end.  When  over  38  in.  in 
diameter,  that  portion  over  30  in.  in  diameter  shall  be  fully  supported 
by  staybolts  or  gussets  to  conform  to  the  provisions  for  the  staying  of 
flat  surfaces. 

232     Stay   Tubes.     When   stay   tubes   are   used   in  multitubular 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  59 

boilers  to  give  support  to  the  tube  plates,  the  sectional  area  of  such 
stay  tubes  may  be  determined  as  follows: 

Total  section  of  stay  tubes,  sq.  in.  —  — — — -^T- 

where 

A  =  area  of  that  portion  of  the  tube  plate  containing  the 

tubes,  sq.  in. 

a  =  aggregate  area  of  holes  in  the  tube  plate,  sq.  in. 
P  =  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
T  —  working  tensile  stress  allowed  in  the  tubes,  not  to  exceed 

7000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

,233     The  pitch  of  stay  tubes  shall  conform  to  the  formula  given 
in  Par.  199,  using  the  values  of  C  as  given  in  Table  6. 

TABLE  6.     VALUES  OF  C  FOR  DETERMINING  PITCH  OF  STAY  TUBES. 


Pitch  of  Stay  Tubes  in  the  Bounding  Rows 

When  tubes 
have  no  Nuts 
Outside  of  Plates 

When  tubes 
are  Fitted  with 
Nuts  Outside 
of  Plates 

Where  there  are  two  plain  tubes  between  each  stay  tube  .... 
Where  there  is  one  plain  tube  between  each  stay  tube  
Where  every  tube  in  the  bounding  rows  is  a  stay  tube  and 

120 
140 

130 
150 

170 

When  the  ends  of  tubes  are  not  shielded  from  the  action  of  flame  or 
radiant  heat,  the  values  of  C  shall  be  reduced  20  per  cent.  The  tubes 
shall  project  about  14  in.  at  each  end  and  be  slightly  flared.  Stay 
tubes  when  threaded  shall  not  be  less  than  3/16  in.  thick  at  bottom  of 
thread ;  nuts  on  stay  tubes  are  not  advised.  For  a  nest  of  tubes  C  shall 
be  taken  as  140  and  8  as  the  mean  pitch  of  stay  tubes.  For  spaces  be- 
tween nests  of  tubes  S  shall  be  taken  as  the  horizontal  distance  from 
center  to  center  of  the  bounding  rows  of  tubes  and  C  as  given  in 
Table  6. 

TUBE    SHEETS    OF    COMBUSTION    CHAMBERS 

234  The  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on  a  tube  sheet 
of  a  combustion  chamber,  where  the  crown  sheet  is  not  suspended  from 
the  shell  of  the  boiler,  shall  be  determined  by  the  following  formula : 

(D—d)   TX  27,000 

F~-  WXD 


60  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE.  AM.SOC.M.E. 

where 

P  =  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
D  =  least  horizontal  distance  between  tube  centers,  in. 
d  =  inside  diameter  of  tubes,  in. 
T  =  thickness  of  tube  plate,  in. 
W  =  distance  from  tube  sheet  to  opposite  combustion  chamber 

sheet,  in. 

Example:  Eequired  the  working  pressure  of  a  tube  sheet  sup- 
porting a  crown  sheet  braced  by  crown  bars.  Horizontal  distance 
between  centers,  4%  in.;  inside  diameter  of  tubes,  2.782  in.;  thickness 
of  tube  sheets,  11/16  in.;  distance  from  tube  sheet  to  opposite  com- 
bustion chamber  sheet,  341.4  in.,  measured  from  outside  of  tube  plate 
to  outside  of  back  plate;  material,  steel.  ^Substituting  and  solving: 
P  (4.12,5—8.782)  X0.6875X27,000 

34.25X4.125  =  176  lb«  Per  **•  m- 

235     ,Sling  stays  may  be  used  in  place  of  girders  in  all  cases  cov- 
ered in  Par.  2,34,  provided,  however,  that  when  such  sling  stays  are 


FIG.  17     PROPER  LOCATION  OF  STAYBOLTS  ADJACENT  TO  LONGITUDINAL 
JOINT  IN  FURNACE  SHEET 

used,  girders  or  screw  stays  of  the  same  sectional  area  shall  be  used  for 
securing  the  bottom  of  the  combustion  chamber  to  the  boiler  shell. 

236  When  girders  are  dispensed  with  and  the  top  and  bottom 
of  combustion  chambers  are  secured  by  sling  stays  or  braces,  the  sec- 
tional area  of  such  stays  shall  conform  with  the  requirements  of  rules 
for  stays  and  stayed  surfaces. 

237  Furnaces  of  Vertical  Boilers.     In  a  vertical  fire-tube  boiler 
the  furnace  length,  for  the  purpose  of  calculating  its  strength  and 
spacing  staybolts  over  its  surface,  shall  be  measured  from  the  center 
of  rivets  in  the  bottom  of  the  water-leg  to  the  center  of  rivets  in  the 
flange  of  the  lower  tube  sheet. 

238  When  the  longitudinal  joint  of  the  furnace  sheet  of  a  vertical 
fire-tube  boiler  is  of  lap-riveted  construction  and  staybolted,  a  stay- 
bolt  in  each  circular  row  shall  be  located  near  the  longitudinal  joint, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  17. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  61 

239  Plain  Circular  Furnaces.     The  maximum  allowable  working 
pressure  for  unstayed,  riveted,  seamless  or  lap  welded  furnaces,  where 
the  length  does  not  exceed  6  times  the  diameter  and  where  the  thick- 
ness is  at  least  5/16  in.  shall  be  determined  by  one  or  the  other  of  the 
following  formulae: 

a  Where  the  length  does  not  exceed  120  times  the  thickness  of 
the  plate 

P-.=  ~jL[  (1S.75X?1)  —  (1.03X£)  } 

"b  Where  the  length  exceeds  120  times  the  thickness  of  the  plate 

4250  XT2 

~~  LXD 

where 

P  =  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  lb.  per  sq.  in. 

D  =  outside  diameter  of  furnace,  in. 

L  =  length  of  furnace,  in. 

T  =  thickness  of  furnace  walls,  in  sixteenths  of  an  inch. 
Where  the  furnaces  have  riveted  longitudinal  joints  no  deduction 
need  be  made  for  the  joint  provided  the  efficiency  of  the  joint  is  greater 
than  PXD  divided  by  1,250X2". 

Example.  Given  a  furnace  26  in.  in  diameter,  94  in.  long  and 
1/2  in.  thick.  The  length  exceeds  120  times  the  thickness  of  the  plate, 
hence  the  formula  (b)  should  be  used.  Substituting  the  values  in 
this  formula : 

4250X8X8 
P=       94X.26     '  =  HI  lb.  per  sq.  in. 

240  A  plain  cylindrical  furnace  exceeding  38  in.  in  diameter  shall 
be  stayed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  governing  flat  surfaces. 

241  Circular  Flues.     The  maximum  allowable  working  pressure 
for  seamless  or  welded  flues  more  than  5  in.  in  diameter  and  up  to  and 
including  18  in.  in  diameter  shall  be  determined  by  one  or  the  other 
of  the  following  formulae : 

a  "Where  the  thickness  of  the  wall  is  less  than  0.023  times  the 
diameter 

P=  ~ 


Where  the  thickness  of  the  wall  is  greater  than  0.0:23  times 
the  diameter 


62  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

where 

P  —  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

D  =  outside  diameter  of  flue,  in. 

T  =  thickness  of  wall  of  flue,  in. 
c  The  above  formulae  may  be  applied  to  riveted  flues  of  the 

sizes  specified  provided  the  sections  are  not  over  3  ft.  in 

length  and  provided  the  efficiency  of  the  joint  is  greater 

than  PX&  divided  by  20,OOOX2\ 

Example.  Given  a  flue  14  in.  in  diameter  and  5/16  in.  thick. 
The  thickness  of  the  wall  is  less  than  0.0,23  times  the  diameter  ;  hence 
the  formula  (a)  should  be  used.  Substituting  the  values  in  this 
formula  : 

10,000,000X5/16X5/16X5/16 

14X14X14  =  110  lk  PCT  Sq'  m' 

242  Adamson  Type.  When  plain  horizontal  flues  are  made  in 
sections  not  less  than  18  in.  in  length,  and  not  less  than  5/16  in.  thick  : 

a  They  shall  be  flanged  with  a  radius  measured  on  the  fire  side, 
of  not  less  than  three  times  the  thickness  of  the  plate,  and  the  flat 
portion  of  the  flange  outside  of  the  radius  shall  be  at  least  three  times 
the  diameter  of  the  rivet  holes. 

&  The  distance  from  the  edge  of  the  rivet  holes  to  the  edge  of  the 
flange  shall  be  not  less  than  the  diameter  of  the  rivet  hole,  and  the 
diameter  of  the  rivets  before  driving  shall  be  at  least  %  in-  larger  than 
the  thickness  of  the  plate. 

c  The  depth  of  the  Adamson  ring  between  the  flanges  shall  be  not 
less  than  three  times  the  diameter  of  the  rivet  holes,  and  the  ring  shall 
be  substantially  riveted  to  the  flanges.  The  fire  edge  of  the  ring  shall 
terminate  at  or  about  the  point  of  tangency  to  the  curve  of  the  flange, 
and  the  thickness  of  the  ring  shall  be  not  less  than  %  in. 

The  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  shall  be  determined  by 
the  following  formula  : 


P=  (18.75XZ1)—  ( 

where 

P  =  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

D  =  outside  diameter  of  furnace,  in. 

L  —  length  of  furnace  section,  in. 

T  =  thickness  of  plate,  in  sixteenths  of  an  inch. 
Example.     Given  a  furnace  44  in.  in  diameter,  48  in.  in  length, 
and  1/2  in.  thick.     Substituting  values  in  formula  : 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS 


P=  (18.75X8)  —  (1.03X48) 

=  1.309  (150—49.44)  =  131  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

243  The  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on  corrugated 
furnaces,  such  as  the  Leeds  suspension  bulb,  Morison,  Fox,  Purves,  or 
Brown,  having  plain  portions  at  the  ends  not  exceeding  9  in.  in  length 
(except  flues  especially  provided  for)  when  new  and  practically  circu- 
lar, shall  be  computed  as  follows  : 

P       CXT 
D 

where 

P  =  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

T  =  thickness,  in.  —  not  less  than  5/16  in.  for  Leeds,  Morison, 
Fox  and  Brown,  and  not  less  than  7/16  in.  for  Purves 
and  other  furnaces  corrugated  by  sections  not  over  18 
in.  long. 

D  =  mean  diameter,  in. 

0  =  17,300,  a  constant  for  Leeds  furnaces,  when  corrugations 
are  not  more  than  8  in.  from  center  to  center  and  not 
less  than  2~L/i  in.  deep. 

C  =  15,600,  a  constant  for  Morison  furnaces,  when  corruga- 
tions are  not  less  than  8  in.  from  center  to  center  and 
the  radius  of  the  outer  corrugations  is  not  more  than 
one  half  that  of  the  suspension  curve. 

C  =  14,000,  a  constant  for  Fox  Furnaces,  when  corrugations 
are  not  more  than  8  in.  from  center  to  center  and  not 
less  than  1%  in.  deep. 

C  =  14,000,  a  constant  for  Purves  furnaces  when  rib  projec- 
tions are  not  more  than  9  in.  from  center  to  center  and 
not  less  than  1%  in.  deep. 

C  —  14,000,  a  constant  for  Brown  Furnaces,  when  corrugations 
are  not  more  than  9  in.  from  center  to  center  and  not 
less  than  1%  in.  deep. 

C  =  10,000,  a  constant  for  furnaces  corrugated  by  sections  not 
more  than  18  in.  from  center  to  center  and  not  less 
than  2~*/2  in.  deep,  measured  from  the  least  inside  to 
the  greatest  outside  diameter  of  the  corrugations,  and 
having  the  ends  fitted  one  into  the  other  and  substan- 
tially riveted  together,  provided  that  the  plain  parts 
at  the  ends  do  not  exceed  12  in.  in  length. 


64  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E1. 

In  calculating  the  mean  diameter  of  the  Morison  furnace,  the  least 
inside  diameter  plus  2  in.,  may  be  taken  as  the  mean  diameter. 

24=4:  The  thickness  of  a  corrugated  or  ribbed  furnace  shall  be  as- 
certained by  actual  measurement.  The  furnace  shall  be  drilled  for  a 
%-in.  pipe  tap  and  fitted  with  a  screw  plug  that  can  be  removed  for 
the  purpose  of  measurement.  For  the  Brown  and  Purves  furnaces,  the 
holes  shall  be  in  the  center  of  the  second  flat;  for  the  Morison,  Fox 
and  other  similar  types,  in  the  center  of  the  top  corrugation,  at  least 
as  far  in  as  the  fourth  corrugation  from  the  end  of  the  furnace. 

24:5  Cast  Iron  Headers.  The  pressure  allowed  on  a  water-tube 
boiler,  the  tubes  of  which  are  secured  to  cast-iron  or  malleable-iron 
headers,  shall  not  exceed  160  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  The  form  and  size  of  the 
internal  cross  section  of  a  cast-iron  or  malleable-iron  header  at  any 
point  shall  be  such  that  it  will  fall  within  a  6  in.  by  7  in.  rectangle. 

24:6  The  cast-iron  used  for  the  headers  of  water-tube  boilers  shall 
conform  with  the  Specifications  for  Gray-iron  Castings  given  in  Pars. 
95  to  110,  the  header  to  be  arbitrarily  classified  as  a  "medium  casting" 
as  to  physical  properties  and  tests,  and  as  a  "light  casting"  as  to 
chemical  properties. 

.247  A  cast-iron  header  when  tested  to  destruction,  shall  withstand 
a  hydrostatic  pressure  of  at  least  1200  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  A  hydrostatic 
test  at  400  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  gage  pressure  shall  be  made  on  all  new 
headers  with  tubes  attached. 

TUBES 

248  Tube  Holes  and  Ends.     Tube  holes  shall  be  drilled  full  size 
from  the  solid  plate,  or  they  may  be  punched  at  least  y2  in.  smaller 
in  diameter  than  full  size,  and  then  drilled,  reamed  or  finished  full 
size  with  a  rotating  cutter. 

249  The  sharp  edges  of  tube  holes  shall  be  taken  off  on  both  sides 
of  the  plate  with  a  file  or  other  tool. 

250  A  fire-tube  boiler  shall  have  the  ends  of  the  tubes  substan- 
tially rolled  and  beaded,  or  welded  at  the  firebox  or  combustion  cham- 
ber end. 

251  The  ends  of  all  tubes,  suspension  tubes  and  nipples  shall  be 
flared  not  less  than  %  in-  over  the  diameter  of  the  tube  hole  on  all 
water-tube  boilers  and  superheaters,  or  they  may  be  beaded. 

252  The  ends  of  all  tubes,  suspension  tubes  and  nipples  of  water- 
tube  boilers  and  superheaters  shall  project  through  the  tube  sheets  or 
headers  not  less  than  14  in.  nor  more  than  %  in.  before  flaring. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  TOWER  BOILERS  Go 

RlVETIXG 

2-53  Riveting.  Rivet  holes,  except  for  attaching  stays  or  angle 
bars  to  heads,  shall  be  drilled  full  size  with  plates,  butt  straps  and 
heads  bolted  in  position ;  or  they  may  be  punched  not  to  exceed  %  in. 
less  than  full  diameter  for  plates  over  5/16  in.  in  thickness,  and  %  in. 
less  than  full  diameter  for  plates  not  exceeding  5/16  in.  in  thickness, 
and  then  drilled  or  reamed  to  full  diameter  with  plates,  butt  straps 
and  heads  bolted  in  position. 

254  After  drilling  rivet  holes,  the  plates  and  butt  straps  shall  be 
separated  and  the  burrs  removed. 

255  Rivets.     Eivets  shall  be  of  sufficient  length  to  completely  fill 
the  rivet  holes  and  form  heads  at  least  equal  in  strength  to  the  bodies 
of  the  rivets. 

256  Rivets  shall  be  machine  driven  wherever  possible,  with  suffi- 
cient pressure  to  fill  the  rivet  holes,  and  shall  be  allowed  to  cool  and 
shrink  under  pressure. 

CALKING 

2f)7  Calking.  The  calking  edges  of  plates,  butt  straps  and  heads 
shall  be  beveled.  Every  portion  of  the  calking  edges  of  plates,  butt 
straps  and  heads  shall  be  planed,  milled  or  chipped  to  a  depth  of  not 
less  than  %  in.  Calking  shall  be  done  with  a  round-nosed  tool. 

MANHOLES 

258  Manholes.     An  elliptical  manhole  opening  shall  be  not  less 
than  11  X  15  in.  or  10  X  16  in.  in  size.    A  circular  manhole  opening 
shall  be  not  less  than  15  in.  in  diameter. 

259  A  manhole  reinforcing  ring  when  used,  shall  be  of  steel  or 
wrought-iron,  and  shall  be  at  least  as  thick  as  the  shell  plate. 

260  Manhole  frames  on  shells  or  drums  when  used,  shall  have  the 
proper  curvature,  and  on  boilers  over  48  in.  in  diameter  shall  be  riveted 
to  the  shell  or  drum  with  two  rows  of  rivets,  which  may  be  pitched  as 
shown  in  Fig.  18.     The  strength  of  the  rivets  in  shear  on  manhole 
frames  and  reinforcing  rings  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  the  tensile 
strength  of  that  part  of  the  shell  plate  removed,  on  a  line  parallel  to 
the  axis  of  the  shell,  through  the  center  of  the  manhole,  or  other 
opening. 


GO 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


261  The  proportions  of  manhole  frames  and  other  reinforcing 
rings  to  conform  to  the  above  specifications  may  be  determined  by  the 
use  of  the  following  formulae,  which  are  based  on  the  assumption  that 
the  rings  shall  have  the  same  tensile  strength  per  square  inch  of  sec- 
tion as,  and  be  of  not  less  thickness  than,  the  shell  plate  removed. 


For  a  single-riveted  ring:    IF  =  1^:77  ~\~d 

?X^i 
For  a  double-riveted  ring:   W  =  ^  —  7 

«/N» 


FIG.  18 


METHOD  OP  RIVETING  MANHOLE  FRAMES  TO  SHELLS  OK 
DRUMS  WITH  Two  Eows  OF  RIVETS 


For  two  single-riveted  rings  :    W  =  ---  y-  -\-d 

* 


For  two  double-riveted  rings  :   W  = 


Where 

W  =  least  width  of  reinforcing  ring,  in. 
^  =  thickness  of  shell  plate,  in. 
d  =  diameter  of  rivet  when  driven,  in. 
t  =  thickness  of  reinforcing  ring — not  less  than  thickness  of 

the  shell  plate,  in. 

T  =  tensile  strength  of  the  ring,  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  of  section 
a  =  net  section  of  one  side  of  the  ring  or  rings,  sq.  in. 
S  =  shearing  strength  of  rivet,  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  of  section  (see 
Par.  16) 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,   SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  67 

I  =  length  of  opening  in  shell  in  direction  parallel  to  axis  of 
shell,  in. 

N  =  number  of  rivets 
To  find  the  number  of  rivets  for  a  single  or  double  reinforcing  ring: 


$6,2  Manhole  plates  shall  be  of  wrought  steel  or  shall  be  steel 
castings. 

,263  The  minimum  width  of  bearing  surface,  for  a  gasket  on  a 
manhole  opening  shall  be  %  in.  No  gasket  for  use  on  a  manhole  or 
handhole  of  any  boiler  shall  have  a  thickness  greater  than  14  in. 

264  A  manhole  shall  be  located  in  the  front  head,  below  the 
tubes,  of  a  horizontal  return  tubular  boiler  48  in.  or  over  in  diameter. 
Smaller  boilers  shall  have  either  a  manhole  or  a  handhole  below  the 
tubes.    There  shall  be  a  manhole  in  the  upper  part  of  the  shell  or  head 
of  a  fire-tube  boiler  over  40  in.  in  diameter,  except  a  vertical  fire-tube 
boiler,  or  except  on  internally  fired  boilers  not  over  48  in.  in  diameter. 
The  manhole  ma}  be  placed  in  the  head  of  the  dome.    Smaller  boilers 
shall  have  either  j  manhole  or  a  handhole  above  the  tubes. 

WASHOUT  HOLES 

265  A  traction,  portable  or  stationary  boiler  of  the  locomotive 
type  shall  have  not  less  than  six  handholes,  or  washout  plugs,  located 
as  follows:    one  in  the  rear  head  below  the  tubes;  one  in  the  front 
head  at  or  about  the  line  of  the  crown  sheet  ;  four  in  the  lower  part  of 
the  waterleg;  also,  where  possible,  one  near  the  throat  sheet. 

,266  A  vertical  fire-tube  boiler,  except  the  boiler  of  a  steam  fire- 
engine,  shall  have  not  less  than  seven  handholes,  located  as  follows: 
three  in  the  shell  at  or  about  the  line  of  the  crown  sheet;  one  in  the 
shell  at  or  about  the  line  of  the  fusible  plug  when  used;  three  in  the 
shell  at  the  lower  part  of  the  waterleg.  A  vertical  fire-tube  boiler,  sub- 
merged tube  type,  shall  have  two  or  more  handholes  in  the  shell,  in 
line  with  the  upper  tube  sheet. 

267  A  vertical  fire-tube  boiler  of  a  steam  fire-engine  shall  have  at 
least  three  brass  washout  plugs  of  not  less  than  1-in.  iron  pipe  size, 
screwed  into  the  shell  and  located  as  follows  :  one  at  or  about  the  line 
of  the  crown  sheet  ;  two  at  the  lower  part  of  the  waterleg. 


68  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.B. 

THREADED  OPENINGS 

268  Threaded  Openings.  An  opening  in  a  boiler  for  a  threaded 
pipe  connection  1  in.  in  diameter  or  over  shall  have  not  less  than  the 
number  of  threads  given  in  Table  7. 


TABLE  7    MINIMUM  NUMBER  OF  PIPE  THREADS  FOR  CONNECTIONS  TO 

BOILERS 


Size  of  pipe   connec- 

1 and  1M 

iy$  and  2 

2Y2  to  4 

4H  to  6 

7  and  8 

9  and  10 

12 

tion,  in 

Number    of    threads 

llj^ 

UH 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

per  in 

Minimum  number  of 

4 

5 

7 

8 

10 

12 

13 

threads  required  in 

opening          .    .    . 

Minimum     thickness 

0.348 

0.435 

0.875 

1 

1.25 

1.5 

1.625 

of  material  re- 

quired  to  give  above 
number  of  threads, 

in   

If  the  thickness  of  the  material  in  the  boiler  is  not  sufficient  to  give 
such  number  of  threads,  there  shall  be  a  pressed  steel  flange,  bronze 
composition  flange,  steel-cast  flange  or  steel  plate,  so  as  to  give  the  re- 
quired number  of  threads,  constructed  and  riveted  to  the  boiler  in  ac- 
cordance with  methods  given  in  Par.  261.  A  steam  main  or  safety 
valve  opening  may  be  fitted  with  either  a  steel  cast,  wrought-steel  or 
bronze  composition  nozzle.  A  feed-pipe  connection  may  be  fitted  with 
a  brass  or  steel  boiler  bushing. 

SAFETY  VALVES 


269  Safety  Valve  Requirements.     Each  boiler  shall  have  two  or 
more  safety  valves,  except  a  boiler  for  which  one  safety  valve  3-in.  size 
or  smaller  is  required  by  these  Rules. 

270  The  safety  valve  capacity  for  each  boiler  shall  be  such  that 
the  safety  valve  or  valves  will  discharge  all  the  steam  that  can  be 
generated  by  the  boiler  without  allowing  the  pressure  to  rise  more 
than  six  per  cent  above  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  or 
more  than  six  per  cent  above  the  highest  pressure  to  which  any  valve 
is  set. 

271  One  or  more  safety  valves  on  every  boiler  shall  be  set  at  or 
below  the   maximum   allowable   working  pressure.      The   remaining 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  TOWER  BOILERS  69 

valves  may  be  set  within  a  range  of  three  per  cent  above  the  maximum 
allowable  working  pressure,  but  the  range  of  setting  of  all  of  the 
valves  on  a  boiler  shall  not  exceed  ten  per  cent  of  the  highest  pressure 
to  which  any  valve  is  set. 

272  .Safety  valves  shall  be  of  the  direct  spring  loaded  pop  type 
with  seat  and  bearing  surface  of  the  disc  either  inclined  at  an  angle 
of  about  45  deg.  or  flat  at  an  angle  of  about  90  deg.  to  the  center 
line  of  the  spindle.     The  vertical  lift  of  the  valve  disc  measured 
immediately  after  the  sudden  lift  due  to  the  pop  may  be  made  any 
amount  desired  up  to  a  maximum  of  0.15  in.  irrespective  of  the  size 
of  the  valve.     The  nominal  diameter  measured  at  the  inner  edge  of 
the  valve  seat  shall  be  not  less  than  1  in.  or  more  than  4^  in. 

273  Each  safety  valve  shall  have  plainly  stamped  or  cast  on  the 
body: 

a  The  name  or  identifying  trade-mark  of  the  manufacturer 

I  The  nominal  diameter  with  the  words  "Bevel  Seat"  or  "Flat 
Seat" 

c  The  steam  pressure  at  which  it  is  set  to  blow 

d  The  lift  of  the  valve  disc  from  its  seat,  measured  immedi- 
ately after  the  sudden  lift  due  to  the  pop 

e  The  weight  of  steam  discharged  in  pounds  per  hour  at  the 
pressure  for  which  it  is  set  to  blow. 

274  The  minimum  capacity  of  a  safety  valve  or  valves  to  be 
placed  on  a  boiler  shall  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  6  Ib.  of  steam 
per  hour  per  sq.  ft.  of  boiler  heating  surface  for  water  tube  boilers, 
and  5  Ib.  for  all  other  types  of  power  boilers,  and  upon  the  relieving 
capacity  marked  on  the  valves  by  the  manufacturer,  provided  such 
marked  relieving  capacity  does  not  exceed  that  given  in  Table  8.    In 
case  the  relieving  capacity  marked  on  the  valve  or  valves  exceeds  the 
maximum  given  in  Table  8,  the  minimum  safety  valve  capacity  shall 
be  determined  on  the  basis  of  the  maximum  relieving  capacity  given  in 
Table  8  for  the  particular  size  of  valve  and  working  pressure  for 
which  it  was  constructed.     The  heating  surface  shall  be  computed 
for  that  side  of  the  boiler  surface  exposed  to  the  products  of  com- 
bustion,  exclusive  of  the  superheating  surface.     In  computing  the 
heating  surface  for  this  purpose  only  the  tubes,  shells,  tube  sheets 
and  the  projected  area  of  headers  need  be  considered. 


TABLE  8     DISCHARGE  CAPACITIES  FOR  DIRECT  SPRING-LOADED  POP  SAFETY  VALVES, 

WITH  45  DEG.  BEVEL  SEATS 


Gage 
Pres., 
Lb.  per 
Sq.  In 

Diameter,  1  In. 

Diameter,  1^  In. 

Diameter,  1J-3  In. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

15 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

95,500 

191,000 

238,900 

179,200 

238,800 

293,500 

214,900 

358,300 

429,900 

Lb.  hr  

65 

131 

163 

122 

163 

203 

146 

245 

293 

25 

Lift,  in  

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH 

127,700 

255,400 

319,300 

239,500 

319,300 

399,100 

287,400 

478,900 

574,700 

Lb.  hr  

87 

174 

218 

164 

218 

272 

196 

326 

392 

50 

Lift,  in  .... 

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

208,200 

416,400 

520,400 

390,300 

520,400 

650,500 

468,300 

780,600 

936,600 

Lb.  hr.  . 

142 

284 

354 

266 

354 

444 

320 

532 

639 

75 

Lift,  in  .... 

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

288,600 

577,200 

721,400 

541,100 

721,400 

901,800 

649,300 

1,082,000 

1,299,000 

Lb.  hr.  .  .  . 

197 

393 

492 

369 

492 

615 

443 

738 

886 

100 

Lift,  in.... 

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

369,000 

738,000 

922,500 

691,900 

922,500 

1,153,000 

830,300 

1,384,000 

1,661,000 

Lb.  hr  

252 

503 

629 

472 

629 

786 

566 

944 

1133 

125 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

449,400 

898,900 

1,124,000 

842,700 

1,124,000 

1,404,000 

1,011,000 

1,685,000 

2,022,000 

Lb.  hr.  . 

307 

613 

767 

575 

767 

957 

689 

1149 

1379 

150 

Lift,  in  .... 

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

529,900 

1,060,000 

1,325,000 

993,500 

1,325,000 

1,656,000 

1,192,000 

1,987,000 

2,384,000 

Lb.  hr.  . 

362 

723 

904 

677 

904 

1129 

813 

1355 

1625 

175 

Lift,  in  

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH 

610,300 

1,221,000 

1,526,000 

1,144,000 

1,526,000 

1,907,000 

1,373,000 

2,286,000 

2,746,000 

Lb.  hr.  .  .  . 

416 

833 

1040 

780 

1040 

1301 

936 

1561 

1872 

200 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH.. 

690,700 

1,381,000 

1,727,000 

1,295,000 

1,727,000 

2  158,000 

1,554,000 

2,590,000 

3,108,000 

Lb.  hr  

471 

941 

1178 

883 

1178 

1472 

1060 

1766 

2119 

225 

Lift,  in  

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

771,100 

1,542,000 

1,928,000 

1,446,000 

1,928,000 

2,410,000 

1,735,000 

2,892,000 

3,470,000 

Lb.  hr.  .  .  . 

526 

1052 

1315 

980 

1315 

1643 

1183 

1972 

2366 

250 

Lift,  in  

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

851,600 

1,703,000 

2  129,000 

1,597,000 

2  129  OCO 

2  661,000 

1  916  000 

3,193,000 

3,832,000 

Lb.  hr  

581 

1161 

1451 

1089 

1451 

1814 

1307 

2177 

261S 

275 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.02 

O.C4 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

932,000 

1,864,000 

2,330,000 

,748,000 

2,330,000 

2,913,000 

2,097,000 

3,495,000 

4,194,000 

Lb.  hr.  .  .  . 

635 

1271 

1589 

1192 

1589 

1986 

1430 

2383 

286C 

300 

Lift,  in  

0.02 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.05 

0.06 

CH  

1,024,000 

2,048,000 

2,531,000 

,898,000 

2,531,000 

3,164,000 

2,278,000 

3,797,000 

4,556,000 

Lb.  hr  

698 

1397 

1746 

1294 

1726 

2157 

1553 

2589 

3107 

The  Discharge  capacity  of  a  Flat  Seat  Valve  of  a  given  diameter  with  a  given  lift  may  be  obtained  by  multiplyi 
e  discharge  capacity  given  in  the  Table  for  a  45  deg.  bevrl  seat  valve  of  same  diameter  arid  same  lift,  by  1.4. 

70 


TABLE  8  (CONTINUED)      DISCHARGE  CAPACITIES  FOR  DIRECT  SPRING-LOADED  POP 
SAFETY  VALVES,  WITH  45  DEC.  BEVEL  SEATS 


Gage 
Free., 
Lb.  per 

Sq.  In. 

Diameter,  2  In. 

Diameter,  2%  In. 

Diameter,  3  In. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

15 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

382,200 

573,300 

668,900 

477,700 

716,600 

955,500 

716,600 

1,147,000 

1,433,000 

Lb.  hr.  . 

261 

391 

456 

326 

488 

651 

489 

782 

977 

25 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

510,900 

766,300 

894,000 

638,500 

957,900 

1,277,000 

957,900 

1,533,000 

1,916,000 

Lb.  hr.  . 

349 

523 

610 

435 

653 

871 

653 

1046 

1307 

Lift,  in.... 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

O.G6 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

50 

CH  

832,600 

1,249,000 

1,457,000 

1,041,000 

1,561,000 

2,081,000 

1,561,000 

2,498,000 

3,122,000 

Lb.  hr.  . 

568 

851 

994 

710 

1064 

1419 

1064 

1703 

2129 

75 

Lift,  in  

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

1,154,000 

1,731,000 

2,020,000 

1,443,000 

2,164,000 

2,886,000 

2,164,000 

3,463,000 

4,329,000 

Lb.  hr.  . 

787 

1181 

1377 

984 

1475 

1968 

1475 

2361 

2951 

100 

Lift,  in  

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

1,476,000 

2,214,000 

2,583,000 

1,845,000 

2,768,000 

3,690,000 

2,768,000 

4,428,000 

5,535,000 

Lb.  hr.  .  .  . 

1007 

1510 

1761 

1258 

1887 

2516 

1887 

3019 

3774 

125 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

1,795,000 

2,693,000 

3,146,000 

2,247,000 

3,371,000 

4.494,000 

3,371,000 

5,393,000 

6,741,000 

Lb.  br.  . 

1224 

1836 

2145 

1532 

2299 

3064 

2299 

3677 

4596 

150 

Lift,  in  

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

2,109,000 

3,179,000 

3,709,000 

2,649,000 

3,974,000 

5,299,000 

3,974,000 

6,358,000 

7,948,000 

Lb.  hr.  . 

1438 

2158 

2529 

1806 

2710 

3613 

2710 

4335 

5419 

175 

Lift,  in.... 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

2,441,000 

3,662,000 

4,272,000 

3,051,000 

4,577,000 

6,103,000 

4,577,000 

7,323,000 

9,154,000 

Lb.  hr.  . 

1664 

2497 

2913 

2081 

3121 

4161 

3121 

4993 

6242 

200 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

2,763,000 

4,144,000 

4,835,000 

3,454,000 

5,180,000 

6,907,000 

5,180,000 

8,289,000 

10,361,000 

Lb.hr.  . 

18S4 

2826 

3296 

2354 

3532 

4709 

3532 

5651 

7064 

225 

Lift,  in.... 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

3,085,000 

4,626,000 

5,398,000 

3,856,000 

5,784,000 

7,711,000 

5,784,000 

9,254,000 

11,567,000 

Lb.  hr.  .  .  . 

2104 

3154 

3G80 

2629 

3944 

5258 

3944 

6310 

7890 

250 

Lift,  in  .... 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

3,406,000 

5,109,000 

5,961,000 

4,258,000 

6,387,000 

8,516,000 

6,387,000 

10,219,000 

12,774,000 

Lb.  hr.  .  .  . 

2322 

34S4 

4004 

2903 

4355 

5807 

4355 

6968 

8708 

275 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

3,728,000 

5,592,000 

6,524,000 

4,660,000 

6,990,000 

9,320,000 

6,990,000 

11,180,000 

13,980,000 

Lb.hr  

2542 

3813 

4448 

3177 

4766 

6355 

4766 

7620 

9533 

300 

Lift,  in.... 

0.04 

0.06 

0.07 

0.04 

0.06 

0.08 

0.05 

0.08 

0.10 

CH  

4,050,000 

6,075,000 

7,087,000 

5,062,000 

7,593,000 

10,124,000 

7,593,000 

12,149,000 

15,186.000 

Lb.  hr.  .  .  . 

2762 

4143 

4832 

3452 

5177 

6903 

5177 

82SO 

10,358 

The  Discharge  capacity  of  a  Flat  Seat  Valve  of  a  given  diameter  with  a  given  lift  may  be  obtained  by  multiply: 
the  discharge  capacity  given  in  the  Table  for  a  45  deg.  bevel  seat  valve  of  same  diameter  and  same  lift,  by  1.4. 

This  table  is  concluded  on  the  following  pa 
71 


8  (CONCLUDED)     DISCHARGE  CAPACITIES  FOR  DIRECT  SPRING-LOADED  POP  SAFETY 
VALVES,  WITH  45  DEC.  BEVEL  SEATS 


age 
es., 
per 
In. 

Diameter,  33^  In. 

Diameter,  4  In. 

Diameter,  4>£  In. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

Min. 

Int. 

Max. 

Lift,  in.  ... 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

5 

CH  

1,003,000 

1,505,000 

1,839,000 

1,338,000 

1,911,000 

2,293,000 

1,720,000 

2,365,000 

2,795,00 

,b.  hr  

684 

1026 

1254 

912 

1303 

1564 

1173 

1613 

190 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

5 

CH  

1,341,000 

2,012,000 

2,459,000 

1,788,000 

2,554,000 

3,065,000 

2,299,000 

3,161,000 

3,736,00 

Lb.  hr  

914 

1372 

1676 

1219 

1742 

2090 

1568 

2156 

254 

0 

jift,  in.  ... 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

CH  

2,186,000 

3,278,000 

4,007,000 

2,914,000 

4,163,000 

4,996,000 

3,747,000 

5,152,000 

6,088,00 

Lb.  hr  

1490 

2235 

2732 

1987 

2839 

3406 

2555 

3513 

415 

Lift,  in.... 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

5 

CH  

3,030,000 

4,545,000 

5,555,000 

4,040,000 

5,772,000 

6,926,000 

5,194,000 

7,142,000 

8,441,00 

Lb.  hr  

2066 

3099 

3788 

2754 

3935 

4722 

3542 

4870 

575 

.ift.in  

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

>0 

CH  

3,875,000 

5,812,000 

7,103,000 

5,166,000 

7,380,000 

8,856,000 

6,642,000 

9,133,000 

10,793,00 

Lb.  hr  

2642 

3963 

4843 

3522 

5032 

6038 

4529 

6227 

735 

Ai  t,  in  .... 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

55 

CH  

4,719,000 

7,079,000 

8,652,000 

6,292,000 

8,988,000 

10,786,000 

8,089,000 

11,123,000 

13,146,00 

,b.  hr.  . 

3218 

4826 

5899 

4290 

6128 

7354 

5516 

7583 

896 

Lift,  in.... 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

>0 

CH 

5,564,000 

8  345,000 

10,199,000 

7,418,000 

10,597,000 

12  717,000 

9,537,000 

13,114,000 

15,498,00 

Lb.  hr  

3794 

5G90 

6954 

5058 

72^t 

8670 

6503 

8940 

1056 

75 

Lift,  in  

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

CH  

6,408,000 

9,612,000 

11,748,000 

8,544,000 

12,200,000 

14,647,000 

10,985,000 

15,105,000 

17,851,00 

Lb.  hr  

4369 

6553 

8010 

5824 

8320 

9984 

7490 

10298 

1217 

30 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

CH  

7,253,000 

10,879,000 

13,296,000 

9,670,000 

13,814,000 

16,580,000 

12,433,000 

17,095,000 

20,204,OC 

Lb.  hr  .  .  .  . 

4946 

7418 

90C8 

6503 

9420 

11305 

8475 

11655 

1377 

25 

Lift,  in  

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

CH  

8,097,000 

12,146,000 

14,845,000 

10,796,000 

15,423,000 

18,507,000 

13,881,000 

19,086,000 

22,556,OC 

Lb.  hr  

5521 

8280 

10120 

7361 

10514 

12616 

9465 

13013 

153S 

50 

Lift,  in.  .  .  . 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

CH  

8,942,000 

13,412,000 

16,393,000 

11,922,000 

17,031,000 

20,438,000 

15,328,000 

21,076,000 

24.908.0C 

Lb.  hr  

6097 

9143 

11175 

8130 

11614 

13938 

10448 

14366 

1695 

75 

Lift,  in.  .  . 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

CH  

9,786,000 

14,679,000 

17,941,000 

13,048,000 

18,640,000 

22,368,000 

16,776,000 

23,067,000 

27.261.0C 

Lb.  hr.  .  . 

6672 

10005 

1223P 

8801 

12707 

15248 

11438 

15728 

185S 

00 

Lift,  in  ... 

0.06 

0.09 

0.11 

0.07 

0.10 

0.12 

0.08 

0.11 

0.13 

CH  

10,630,000 

15,946,000 

19,489,000 

14,174,000 

20,249,000 

24,298,000 

18,224,000 

25,058,OGC 

29,614,0( 

Lb.  hr.  .  . 

724S 

10875 

13290 

9668 

13807 

16568 

12428 

1708S 

201' 

The  Discharge  capacity  of  a  Flat  Seat  Valve  of  a  given  diameter  with  a  given  lift  may  be  obtained  by  multiply!: 
discharge  capacity  given  in  the  Table  for  a  45  deg.  bevel  seat  valve  of  same  diameter  and  same  lift,  by  1.4. 

72 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  73 

275  .Safety  valve  capacity  may  be  checked  in  any  one  of  three 
different  ways,  and  if  found  sufficient,  additional  capacity  need  not  be 
provided : 

a  By  making  an  accumulation  test,  by  shutting  off  all  other 
steam  discharge  outlets  from  the  boiler  and  forcing  the 
fires  to  the  maximum.  The  safety  valve  equipment  shall 
be  sufficient  to  prevent  an  excess  pressure  beyond  six  per 
cent  as  specified  in  Par.  270. 

I  By  measuring  the  maximum  amount  of  fuel  that  can  be 
burned  and  computing  the  corresponding  evaporative  ca- 
pacity upon  the  basis  of  the  heating  value  of  the  fuel.  See 
Appendix,  Pars.  421  to  427. 

c  By  .determining  the  maximum  evaporative  capacity  by 
measuring  the  feed  water.  The  sum  of  the  safety  valve 
capacities  marked  on  the  valves,  shall  be  equal  to  or  greater 
than  the  maximum  evaporative  capacity  of  the  boiler. 

276  When  two  or  more  safety  valves  are  used  on  a  boiler,  they 
may  be  either  separate  or  twin  valves  made  by  mounting  individual 
valves  on  Y-bases,  or  duplex,  triplex  or  multiplex  valves .  having  two 
or  more  valves  in  the  same  body  casing. 

277  The  safety  valve  or  valves  shall  be  connected  to  the  boiler 
independent  of  any  other  steam  connection,  and  attached  as  close  as 
possible  to  the  boiler,  without  any  unnecessary  intervening  pipe  or 
fitting.    Every  safety  valve  shall  be  connected  so  as  to  stand  in  an  up- 
right position,  with  spindle  vertical,  when  possible. 

278  Each  safety  valve  shall  have  full  sized  direct  connection  to 
the  boiler.     Xo  valve  of  any  description  shall  be  placed  between  the 
safety  valve  and  the  boiler,  nor  on  the  discharge  pipe  between  the 
safety  valve  and  the  atmosphere.    When  a  discharge  pipe  is  used,  it 
shall  be  not  less  than  the  full  size  of  the  valve,  and  shall  be  fitted 
with  an  open  drain  to  prevent  water  from  lodging  in  the  upper  part  of 
the  safety  valve  or  in  the  pipe. 

279  If  a  muffler  is  used  on  a  safety  valve  it  shall  have  sufficient 
outlet  area  to  prevent  back  pressure  from  interfering  with  the  proper 
operation  and  discharge  capacity  of  the  valve.     The  muffler  plates  or 
other  devices  shall  be  so  constructed  as  to  avoid  any  possibility  of  re- 
striction of  the  steam  passages  due  to  deposit.     When  an  elbow  is 
placed  on  a  safety  valve  discharge  pipe,  it  shall  be  located  close  to  the 
safety  valve  outlet  or  the  pipe  shall  be  securely  anchored  and  supported. 
All  safety  valve  discharges  shall  be  so  located  or  piped  as  to  be  carried 


74  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

clear  from  running  boards  or  working  platforms  used  in  controlling  the 
main  stop  valves  of  boilers  or  steam  headers. 

280  When  a  boiler  is  fitted  with  two  or  more  safety  valves  on  one 
connection,  this  connection  to  the  boiler  shall  have  a  cross-sectional 
area  not  less  than  the  combined  area  of  all  of  the  safety  valves  with 
which  it  connects. 

281  ^Safety  valves  shall  operate  without  chattering  and  shall  be 
set  and  adjusted  as  follows :    To  close  after  blowing  down  not  more 
than  4  Ib.  on  boilers  carrying  an  allowed  pressure  less  than  100  Ib. 
per  sq.  in.  gage.     To  close  after  blowing  down  not  more  than  6  Ib.  on 
boilers  carrying  pressures  between  100  and  200  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  gage 
inclusive.    To  close  after  blowing  down  not  more  than  8  Ib.  on  boilers 
carrying  over  200  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  gage. 

282  Each  safety  valve  used  on  a  boiler  shall  have  a  substantial 
lifting  device,  and  shall  have  the  spindle  so  attached  that  the  valve 
disc  can  be  lifted  from  its  seat  a  distance  not  less  than  one-tenth  of 
the  nominal  diameter  of  the  valve,  when  there  is  no  pressure  on  the 
boiler. 

283  The  seats  and  discs  of  safety  valves  shall  be  of  non-ferrous 
material. 

284  Springs  used  in  safety  valves  shall  not  show  a  permanent  set 
exceeding  1/3,2  in.  ten  minutes  after  being  released  from  a  cold  com- 
pression test  closing  the  spring  solid. 

285  The  spring  in   a  safety  valve   shall  not  be  used  for   any 
pressure  more  than  10  per  cent  above  or  below  that  for  which  it  was 
designed. 

286  A  safety  valve  over  3-in.  size,  used  for  pressures  greater  than 
15  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  gage,  shall  have  a  flanged  inlet  connection.     The 
dimensions  of  the  flanges  shall  conform  to  the  American  standard 
given  in  Tables  15  and  16  of  the  Appendix. 

287  When    the  letters  A  8  M  E  Std  are  plainly  stamped  or  cast 
on  the  valve  body  this  shall  be  a  guarantee  by  the  manufacturer  that 
the  valve  conforms  with  the  details  of  construction  herein  specified. 

288  Every  superheater   shall  have  one  or  more  safety  valves  near 
the  outlet.     The  discharge  capacity  of  the  safety  valve  or  valves  on 
an  attached  superheater  may  be  included  in  determining  the  number 
and  sizes  of  the  safety  valves  for  the  boiler,  provided  there  are  no  in- 
tervening valves  between  the  superheater  safety  valve  and  the  boiler. 

289  Every  safety  valve  used  on  a  superheater,  discharging  super- 
heated steam,  shall  have  a  steel  body  with  a  flanged  inlet  connection, 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  POWER  BOILERS  75 

and  shall  have  the  seat  and  disc  of  nickel  composition  or  equivalent 
material,  and  the  spring  fully  exposed  outside  of  the  valve  casing  so 
that  it  shall  be  protected  from  contact  with  the  escaping  steam. 

290  Every  boiler  shall  have  proper  outlet  connections  for  the 
required  safety  valve  or  valves,  independent  of  any  other  steam  outlet 
connection  or  of  any  internal  pipe  in  the  steam  space  of  the  boiler,  the 
area  of  opening  to  be  at  least  equal  to  the  aggregate  area  of  all  of  the 
safety  valves  to  be  attached  thereto. 

WATER  AND  STEAM  GAGES 

291  Water  Glasses  and  Gage  Cocks.     Each  boiler  shall  have  at 
least  one  water  glass,  the  lowest  visible  part  of  which  shall  be  not  less 
than  2  in.  above  the  lowest  permissible  water  level. 

292  No  water  glass  connection  shall  be  fitted  with  an  automatic 
shut-off  valve. 

,293  When  shut-off s  are  used  on  the  connections  to  a  water 
column,  they  shall  be  either  outside  screw  and  yoke  type  gate  valves 
or  stop  cocks  with  levers  permanently  fastened  thereto,  and  such 
valves  or  cocks  shall  be  locked  or  sealed  open. 

294  Each  boiler  shall  have  three  or  more  gage  cocks,  located 
within  the  range  of  the  visible  length  of  the  water  glass,  except  when 
such  boiler  has  two  water  glasses  with  independent  connections  to  the 
boiler  and  located  on  the  same  horizontal  line  and  not  less  than  2  ft. 
apart. 

395  Xo  outlet  connections,  except  for  damper  regulator,  feed- 
water  regulator,  drains  or  steam  gages,  shall  be  placed  on  the  pipes 
connecting  a  wrater  column  to  a  boiler. 

296  Steam  Gages.     Each  boiler  shall  have  a  steam  gage  con- 
nected to  the  steam  space  or  to  the  water  column  or  its  steam  connec- 
tion.    The  steam  gage  shall  be  connected  to  a  syphon  or  equivalent 
device  of  sufficient  capacity  to  keep  the  gage  tube  filled  with  water 
and  so  arranged  that  the  gage  cannot  be  shut  off  from  the  boiler 
except  by  a  cock  placed  near  the  gage  and  provided  with  a  tee  or  lever 
handle  arranged  to  be  parallel  to  the  pipe  in  which  it  is  located  when 
the  cock  is  open.     Connections  to  gages  shall  be  of  brass,  copper  or 
bronze  composition. 

297  The  dial  of  the  steam  gage  shall  be  graduated  to  not  less 
than  iy2  times  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on  the  boiler. 

298  Each  boiler  shall  be  provided  with  a  ^-in.  pipe  size  valved 


76  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

connection  for  attaching  a  test  gage  when  the  boiler  is  in  service,  so 
that  the  accuracy  of  the  boiler  steam  gage  can  be  ascertained. 

FITTINGS  AND  APPLIANCES 

299  Nozzles  and  Fittings.     All  fittings  shall   conform  to   the 
American  'Standards  given  in   Tables   15   or   16   of  the   Appendix. 
Where  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  is  less  than  125  Ib. 
per  sq.  in.,  Table  15  shall  be  used  and  where  higher,  Table  16. 

300  The  minimum  number  of  threads  that  a  pipe  or  fitting  shall 
screw  into  a  tapped  hole  shall  correspond  to  the  numerical  values 
given  for  number  of  threads  in  Table  7. 

301  Stop  Valves.     Each  steam  discharge  outlet  over  2  in.  in  di- 
ameter, except  safety  valve  and  superheater  connections,  shall  be  fitted 
with  a  stop  valve  or  valves  of  the  outside  screw  and  yoke  type,  located 
as  near  the  boiler  <;s  practicable. 

302  The  main  stop  valves  of  boilers  shall  be  extra  heavy  when 
the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  exceeds  125  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
The  fittings  between  the  boiler  and  such  valve  or  valves  shall  be  extra 
heavy,  as  specified  in  Table  16  of  the  Appendix. 

303  When  two  or  more  boilers  are  connected  to  a  common  steam 
main,  two  stop  valves,  with  an  ample  free  blow  drain  between  them, 
shall  be  placed  in  the  steam  connection  between  each  boiler  and  the 
steam  main.    The  discharge  of  this  drain  valve  must  be  visible  to  the 
operator  while  manipulating  the  valve.     The  stop  valves  shall  consist 
preferably  of  one  automatic  non-return  valve   (set  next  the  boiler) 
and  a  second  valve  of  the  outside  screw  and  yoke  type;  or,  two  valves 
of  the  outside  screw  and  yoke  type  may  be  used. 

304  When  a  stop  valve  is  so  located  that  water  can  accumulate, 
ample  drains  shall  be  provided. 

305  Steam  Mains.     Provisions  shall  be  made  for  the  expansion 
and  contraction  of  steam  mains  connected  to  boilers,  by  providing 
substantial  anchorage  at  suitable  points,  so  that  there  shall  be  no 
undue  strain  transmitted  to  the  boiler.    >Steam  reservoirs  shall  be  used 
on  steam  mains  when  heavy  pulsations  of  the  steam  currents  cause 
vibration  of  the  boiler  shell  plates. 

306  Each  superheater  shall  be  fitted  with  a  drain. 

307  Blow-off  Piping.     The  size  of  a  surface  blow-off  pipe  shall 
not  exceed  1%  in.,  and  it  shall  be  carried  through  the  shell  or  head 
with  a  brass  or  steel  boiler  bushing. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION   I,  POWER  BOILERS  77 

308  Each  boiler  shall  have  a  bottom  blow-off  pipe,  fitted  with  a 
valve  or  cock,  in  direct  connection  with  the  lowest  water  space  prac- 
ticable ;  the  minimum  size  of  pipe  and  fittings  shall  be  1  in.  and  the 
maximum  size  shall  be  2*/2  in.     Globe  valves  shall  not  be  used  on 
such  connections. 

309  A  bottom  blow-off  cock  shall  have  the  plug  held  in  place  by 
a  guard  or  gland.     The  end  of  the  plug  shall  be  distinctly  marked  in 
line  with  the  passage. 

310  The  blow-off  pipe  or  pipes  shall  be  extra  heavy  from  boiler 
to  valve  or  valves,  and  shall  run  full  size  without  reducers  or  bushings. 
All  fittings  between  the  boiler  and  valves  shall  be  of  steel. 

311  When  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  exceeds  12<5 
Ib.  per  sq.  in.,  the  bottom  blow-off  pipe  shall  have  two  valves,  or  a  valve 
and  a  cock,  and  such  valves,  or  valve  and  cock,  shall  be  extra  heavy, 
except  that  on  a  boiler  having  multiple  blow-off  pipes,  a  single  master 
valve  may  be  placed  on  the  common  blow-off  pipe  from  the  boiler,  in 
which  case  only  one  valve  on  each  individual  blow-off  is  required. 

312  A  bottom  blow-off  pipe  when  exposed  to  direct  furnace  heat 
shall   be   protected  by   fire-brick,    a  substantial   cast-iron   removable 
sleeve  or  a  covering  of  non-conducting  material. 

313  An  opening  in  the  boiler  setting  for  a  blow-off  pipe  shall  be 
arranged  to  provide  for  free  expansion  and  contraction. 

314  Feed  Piping.     The  feed  pipe  of  a  boiler  shall  have  an  open 
end  or  ends.    Wherever  globe  valves  are  used  on  feed  piping,  the  inlet 
shall  be  under  the  disc  of  the  valve. 

315  The  feedwater  shall  discharge  at  about  three-fifths  the  length 
of  a    horizontal  return  tubular  boiler  from  the  front  head  (except  a 
horizontal  return  tubular  boiler  equipped  with  an  auxiliary  feedwater 
heating  and  circulating  device),  above  the  central  rows  of  tubes,  when 
the  diameter  of  the  boiler  exceeds  36  in.     The  feed  pipe  shall  be  car- 
ried through  the  head  or  shell  near  the  front  end  with  a  brass  or  steel 
boiler  bushing,  and  securely  fastened  inside  the  shell  above  the  tubes. 

316  Feedwater  shall  not  discharge  in  a  boiler  close  to  riveted 
joints  in  the  shell  or  to  furnace  sheets. 

317  The  feed  pipe  shall  be  provided  with  a  check  valve  near 
the  boiler  and  a  valve  or  cock  between  the  check  valve  and  the  boiler, 
and  when  two  or  more  boilers  are  fed  from  a  common  source,  there 
shall  also  be  a  globe  valve  on  the  branch  to  each  boiler,  between  the 
check  valve  and  the  source  of  supply. 


78  REPORT  O?  JCOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

318  When  a  pump,  inspirator  or  injector  is  required  to  supply 
feedwater  to  a  boiler  plant  of  over  50  h.  p.,  more  than  one  such 
appliance  shall  be  provided. 

3,19  Lamplircy  Fronts.  Each  boiler  fitted  with  a  Lamphrey 
boiler  furnace  mouth  protector,  or  similar  appliance,  having  valves 
on  the  pipes  connecting  them  to  the  boiler,  shall  have  these  valves 
locked  or  sealed  open.  Such  valves  when  used,  shall  be  of  the  straight- 
way type. 

320  Water  Column  Pipes.  The  minimum  size  of  pipes  connect- 
ing the  water  column  to  a  boiler  shall  be  1  in.  Water-glass  fittings 
or  gage  cocks  may  be  connected  direct  to  the  boiler. 

3.21  The  water  connections  to  the  water  column  of  a  boiler  shall 
be  of  brass  and  shall  be  provided  with  a  cross  to  facilitate  cleaning. 
Either  the  water  column  or  this  connection  shall  be  fitted  with  a 
drain  cock  or  drain  valve  with  a  suitable  connection  to  the  ashpit,  or 
other  safe  point  of  waste.  The  water  column  blow-off  pipe  shall  be 
at  least  %  in- 

&2&  The  steam  connection  to  the  water  column  of  a  horizontal 
return  tubular  boiler  shall  be  taken  from  the  top  of  the  shell  or  the 
upper  part  of  the  head  ;  the  water  connection  shall  be  taken  from  a 
point  not  less  than  6  in.  below  the  center  line  of  the  shell. 

SETTING 

3(23  Methods  of  Support.  A  horizontal  return  tubular  boiler 
over  78-in.  in  diameter  shall  be  supported  from  steel  lugs  by  the  out- 
side suspension  type  of  setting,  independent  of  the  boiler  side  walls. 
The  lugs  shall  be  so  designed  that  the  load  is  properly  distributed 
between  the  rivets  attaching  them  to  the  shell  and  so  that  not  more 
than  two  of  these  rivets  come  in  the  same  longitudinal  line  on  each 
lug.  The  distance  girthwise  of  the  boiler  from  the  centers  of  the 
bottom  rivets  to  the  centers  of  the  top  rivets  attaching  the  lugs  shall 
be  not  less  than  12  in.  The  other  rivets  used  shall  be  spaced  evenly 
between  these  points.  If  more  than  four  lugs  are  used  they  shall  be 
set  in  four  pairs. 

3i24  A  horizontal  return  tubular  boiler  over  5-i  in.,  and  up  to 
and  including  78  in.  in  diameter,  shall  be  supported  by  the  outside 
suspension  type  of  setting,  or  at  four  points  by  not  less  than  eight 
steel  or  cast-iron  brackets  set  in  pairs.  A  horizontal  return  tubular 
boiler  up  to  and  including  54  in.  in  diameter  shall  be  supported  by 
the  outside  suspension  type  of  setting,  or  by  not  less  than  two  steel 
or  cast-iron  brackets  on  each  side. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  I,  TOWER  BOILERS  79 

325  Lugs  or  brackets,  when  used  to  support  boilers,   shall  be 
properly  fitted  to   the   surfaces   to   which  they   are   attached.      The 
shearing  stress  on  the  rivets  used  for  attaching  the  lugs  or  brackets 
shall  not  exceed  8  per  cent  of  the  strength  given  in  Par.  1G. 

326  Wet-bottom  stationary  boilers  shall  have  a  space  of  not  less 
than  12  in.  between  the  bottom  of  the  boiler  and  the  floor  line,  with 
access  for  inspection. 

3,27  Access  and  Firing  Doors.  The  minimum  size  of  an  access 
door  to  be  placed  in  a  boiler  setting  shall  be  12  X  16  in.  or  equivalent 
area,  11  in.  to  be  the  least  dimension  in  any  case. 

328  A  water  tube  boiler  which  is  fired  by  hand  shall  have  firing 
door  or  doors  of  the  inward  opening  type  unless  such  doors  are  pro- 
vided with  substantial  latching  devices  to  prevent  them  from  being 
blown  open  by  pressure  on  the  furnace  side. 

HYDROSTATIC  TESTS 

329  Hydrostatic  Pressure  Tests.     After  a  boiler  has  been  com- 
pleted, it  shall  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test  of  one  and  one-half 
times  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure.     The'  pressure  shall 
be  under  proper  control  so  that  in  no  case  shall  the  required  test 
pressure  be  exceeded  by  more  than  6  per  cent. 

330  During  a  hydrostatic  test,  the  safety  valve  or  valves  shall 
be  removed  or  each  valve  disc  shall  be  held  to  its  seat  by  means  of  a 
testing  clanip  and  not  by  screwing  down  the  compression  screw  upon 
the  spring. 

STAMPING 

331  Stamping  of  Boilers.     In  laying  out  shell  plates,  furnace 
sheets  and  heads  in  the  boiler  shop,  care  shall  be  taken  to  leave  at 
least  one  of  the  stamps,  specified  in  Par.  36  of  these  Rules,  so  located 
as  to  be  plainly  visible  when  the  boiler  is  completed;  except  that  the 
tube  sheets  of  a  vertical  fire-tube  boiler  and  butt  straps  shall  have  at 
least  a  portion  of  such  stamps  visible  sufficient  for  identification  when 
the  boiler  is  completed. 

332  Each  boiler  shall  conform  in  every  detail  to  these  Rules,  and 
shall  be  distinctly  stamped  with  the  symbol  as  shown  in  Fig.  19,  de- 
noting that  the  boiler  was  constructed  in  accordance  therewith.    Each 
boiler  shall  also  be  stamped  by  the  builder  with  a  serial  number  and 


80  REPORT  OF   BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

with  the  builder's  name  either  in  full  or  abbreviated,  as  indicated  in 
Fig.  20.  The  height  of  the  letters  and  figures  used  in  stamping  shall 
be  not  less  than  14  in.  and  this  stamp  shall  be  placed  directly  below 
or  alongside  The  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers'  stamp. 


(Name  of  State) 
STD 

(Number  of  Boiler)  f 
(Name  of  Builder) 


FIG.  19     OFFICIAL  SYMBOL  FOR  STAMP         FIG.  20     FORM  OF  STAMP  PROPOSED 
TO   DENOTE   THE  AMERICAN   So-  FOR  THE  BOILER  MANUFACTURER 

CIETY  OF  MECHANICAL  ENGI- 
NEERS UNIFORM  STANDARD 

33.3  Location  of  Stamps.  The  location  of  stamps  shall  be  as 
follows : 

a  On  horizontal  return  tubular  boilers — on  the  front  head, 
above  the  central  rows  of  tubes. 

&  On  horizontal  flue  boilers — on  the  front  head,  above  the 
flues. 

c  On  traction,  portable  or  stationary  boilers  of  the  locomo- 
tive type  or  ,Star  water-tube  boilers — on  the  furnace  end, 
above  the  handhole. 

d  On  vertical  fire,  tube  and  vertical  submerged  tube  boilers — 
on  the  shell  above  the  fire  door. 

e  On  water-tube  boilers,  Babcock  &  Wilcox,  (Stirling,  Heine 
and  Eobb-Mumford  standard  types — on  a  head  above 
the  manhole  opening,  preferably  on  the  flanging  of  the 
manhole  opening. 

/  On  vertical  boilers,  Climax  or  Hazleton  type — on  the  top 
head. 

g  On  Cahall  or  Wickes  vertical  water  tube  boilers — on  the 
upper  drum,  above  the  manhole  opening. 

h  On  Scotch  marine  boilers — on  the  front  head,  above  the 
center  or  right-Hand  furnace. 

i  On  Economic  boilers — on  the  front  head,  above  the  central 
row  of  tubes. 

j  For  other  types  and  new  designs — in  a  conspicuous  loca- 
tion. 

334  The  American  .Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers'  standard 
stamp  and  the  boiler  builder's  stamps  shall  not  be  covered  by  insulat- 
ing or  other  material. 


PART  I— SECTION  II 

BOILERS  USED  EXCLUSIVELY  FOR  LOW  PRESSURE 

STEAM  AND  HOT  WATER  HEATING  AND  HOT 

WATER  SUPPLY 

(THIS  DOES  NOT  APPLY  TO  ECONOMIZERS  OR  FEED  WATER  HEATERS.) 

BOILER  MATERIALS 

335  The  Rules  for  power  boilers  shall  apply : 

a  To  all  steel  plate  hot-water  boilers  over  60  in.  in  diameter, 
I  To  all  steel  plate  hot-water  boilers  where  the  grate  area  ex- 
ceeds 10  sq.  ft.  and  the  maximum  allowable  working  pres- 
sure exceeds  50  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
c  Under  other  conditions,  the  following  rules  shall  apply. 

336  Specifications  are  given  in  these  Rules,  Pars.  23  to  178,  for 
the  important  materials  used  in  the  construction  of  boilers,  and  where 
given.,  the  materials  shall  conform  thereto. 

337  Flange  steel  may  be  used  entirely  for  the  construction  of 
steam  heating  boilers  covered  in  this  section,  but  in  no  case  shall 
steel  of  less  than  %  in.  in  thickness,  nor  tube  sheets  or  heads  of  less 
than  5/16  in.  in  thickness  be  used. 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WORKING  PRESSURE 

338  The  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  shall  not  exceed 
15  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  on  a  boiler  built  under  these  Rules  to  be  used  ex- 
clusively for  low  pressure  steam  heating. 

339  A  boiler  to  be  used  exclusively  for  low-pressure  steam  heat- 
ing, may  be  constructed  of  cast-iron,  or  of  cast-iron  excepting  con- 
necting nipples  and  bolts,  or  wholly  of  steel  or  wrought-iron,  or  of 
steel  and  partially  cast-iron,  or  of  steel  or  wrought-iron  with  cast-iron 
mud  rings,  door  frames  and  manhole  flanges. 

340  All  steel  plate,  hot-water  and  steam-heating  boilers  shall  have 
a  factor  of  safety  of  not  less  than  5. 

81 


82  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

BOILER  JOINTS 

341  Longitudinal  lap  joints  will  be  allowed  on  boilers  to  be 
used  exclusively  for  low  pressure  steam  heating,  when  the  maximum 
allowable  working  pressure  does  not  exceed  15  Ib.  per  sq.  in.,  and  the 
diameter  of  the  boiler  shell  does  not  exceed  60  in. 

342  The  longitudinal  joints  of  a  horizontal  return  tubular  boiler 
if  of  the  lap  type,  shall  be  not  over  1 2  ft.  in  length. 

343  In  a  hot-water  boiler  to  be  used  excusively  for  heating  build- 
ings or  hot  water  supply  when  the  diameter  does  not  exceed  60  in.  and 
the  grate  area  does  not  exceed  10  sq.  ft.,  longitudinal  lap  joints  will 
be  allowed. 

When  the  grate  area  exceeds  10  sq.  ft.  and  the  diameter  of  the 
boiler  does  not  exceed  60  in.  longitudinal  lap  joints  will  be  allowed 
providing  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  does  not  exceed 
50  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

344  Protection   of  Joints.     When   a  boiler   is  built  wholly   or 
partially  of  steel  and  is  used  exclusively  for  low  pressure  steam  heat- 
ing, or  when  a  hot-water  boiler  is  used  exclusively  for  heating  build- 
ings or  for  hot-water  supply,  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  water  jacket 
the  rivets  in  the  fire-box  where  one  end  of  each  rivet  is  exposed  to  the 
fire  or  direct  radiant  heat  from  the  fire,  provided  any  one  of  the 
following  conditions  is  fulfilled  : 

a  Where  the  ends  of  the  rivets  away  from  the  fire  are  pro- 
tected by  means  of  natural  drafts  of  cold  air  induced  in 
the  regular  operation  of  the  boiler  ; 

1}  Where  the  ends  of  the  rivets  away  from  the  fire  are  in  the 
open  air  ; 

c  Where  the  rivets  are  protected  by  the  usual  charges  of  fresh 
fuel,  which  is  not  burned  in  contact  with  the  rivets. 


WASHOUT  HOLES 

345  A  boiler  used  for  hot-water  supply  shall  be  provided  with 
washout  holes  for  the  removal  of  any  sediment  that  may  accumulate 
therein. 

BOILER  OPENINGS 

346  Flanged  Connections.     Openings  in  boilers  having  flanged 
connections  shall  have  the  flanges  conform  to  the  American  Standard 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  II,  HEATING  BOILERS        83 

given  in  Tables  15  or  16  of  the  Appendix,  for  the  corresponding  pipe 
size,  and  shall  have  the  corresponding  drilling  for  bolts  or  studs. 

SAFETY  VALVES 

347  Outlet  Connections  for  Safety  and  Water  Relief  Valves. 
Every  boiler  shall  have  proper  outlet  connections  for  the  required 
safety,  or  water  relief  valve  or  valves,  independent  of  any  other  con- 
nection outside  of  the  boiler  or  any  internal  pipe  in  the  boiler,  the 
area  of  the  opening  to  be  at  least  equal  to  the  aggregate  area  of  all  of 
the  safety  valves  with  which  it  connects.  A  screwed  connection  may 
be  used  for  attaching  a  safety  valve  to  a  heating  boiler.  This  rule 
applies  to  all  sizes  of  safety  valves. 

:348  Safety  Valves.  Each  steam  boiler  shall  be  provided  with 
one  or  more  safety  valves  of  the  spring-pop  type  which  cannot  be 
adjusted  to  a  higher  pressure  than  15  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

349  Water  Relief  Valves.     Each  hot-water  boiler  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  one  or  more  water  relief  valves  with  open  discharges  hav- 
ing outlets  in  plain  sight. 

350  A  hot-water  boiler  built  for  a  maximum  allowable  working 
pressure  of  30  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  and  used  exclusively  for  heating  build- 
ings, or  for  hot-water  supply,  shall  be  provided  with  a  water  relief 
valve  or  valves,  which  cannot  be  adjusted  for  a  pressure  in  excess 
of  30  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

351  No  safety  or  water  relief  valve  shall  be  smaller  than  1  in. 
nor  greater  than  4^  in.  nominal  size. 

352'  When  two  or  more  safety  or  water  relief  valves  are  used 
on  a  boiler  they  may  be  single  or  twin  valves. 

353  Safety  or  water  relief  valves  shall  be  connected  to  boilers 
independent   of   other   connections   and   be   attached   directly   or   as 
close  as  possible  to  the  boiler,  without  any  intervening  pipe  or  fittings, 
except  the  Y-base  forming  a  part  of  the  twin  valve  or  the  shortest 
possible  connection.    A  safety  or  water  relief  valve  shall  not  be  con- 
nected to  an  internal  pipe  in  the  boiler.    .Safety  valves  shall  be  con- 
nected so  as  to  stand  upright,  with  the  spindle  vertical,  when  possible. 

354  Xo  shut-off  of  any  description  shall  be  placed  between  the 
safety  cr  water  relief  valves  and  boilers,  nor  on  discharge  pipes  be- 
tween them  and  the  atmosphere. 

355  When  a  discharge  pipe  is  used  its  area  shall  be  not  less  than 
the  area  of  the  valve  or  aggregate  area  of  the  valves  with  which  it 


84  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

connects,  and  the  discharge  pipe  shall  be  fitted  with  an  open  drain 
to  prevent  water  from  lodging  in  the  upper  part  of  the  valve  or  in 
the  pipe.  When  an  elbow  is  placed  on  a  safety  or  water  relief  valve 
discharge  pipe,  it  shall  be  located  close  to  the  valve  outlet  or  the  pipe 
shall  be  securely  anchored  and  supported.  The  safety  or  water  relief 
valves  shall  be  so  located  and  piped  that  there  will  be  no  danger  of 
scalding  attendants. 

356  Each  safety  valve  used  on  a  steam  heating  boiler  shall  have 
a  substantial  lifting  device  which  shall  be  so  connected  to  the  disc 
that  the  latter  can  be  lifted  from  its  seat  a  distance  of  not  less  than 


TABLE  9     ALLOWABLE  SIZES  OF  SAFETY  VALVES  FOR  HEATING  BOILERS 


Water  Evaporated 

per  Sq.  Ft.  of 

Grate  Surface  per 

75 

100 

160 

160 

200 

240 

Hr.,  Lb. 

Maximum  allowable 
Working  Pressure, 

Zero 
to 

Over  25 
to 

Over  50 
to 

Over  100 
to 

Over  150 
to 

Over  200 

T  K 

Lb.  per  Sq.  In. 

25  Lb. 

50  Lb. 

100  Lb. 

150  Lb. 

200  Lb. 

LiD. 

Diameter 

Area 

of  Valve, 

of  Valve, 

Area  of  Grate,  Sq.  Ft. 

In. 

Sq.  In. 

1 

0.7854 

2.00 

2.50 

2.75 

3.25 

3.5 

3.75 

1M 

1.2272 

3.25 

4.00 

4.25 

5.00 

5.5 

5.75 

IH 

1.7671 

4.50 

5.50 

6.00 

7.25 

8.0 

8.50 

2 

3.1416 

8.00 

9.75 

10.75 

13.00 

14.0 

15.00 

2y2 

4.9087 

12.50 

15.00 

16.50 

20.00 

22.0 

23.00 

3 

7.0686 

17.75 

21.50 

24.00 

29.00 

31.5 

33.25 

31A 

9.6211 

24.00 

29.50 

32.50 

39.50 

43.0 

45.25 

4 

12.5660 

31.50 

38.25 

42.50 

51  .  50 

56.0 

59.00 

4K 

15.9040 

40.00 

48.50 

53.50 

65.00 

71.0 

74.25 

one-tenth  of  the  nominal  diameter  of  the  seat  when  there  is  no  pres- 
sure on  the  boiler.  A  relief  valve  used  on  a  hot-water  heating  boiler 
need  not  have  a  lifting  device. 

357  Every  safety  valve  or  water  relief  valve  shall  have  plainly 
stamped  on  the  body  or  cast  thereon  the  manufacturer's  name  or 
trade  mark  and  the  pressure  at  which  it  is  set  to  blow.    The  seats  and 
discs  of  safety  or  water  relief  valves  shall  be  made  of  non-ferrous 
material. 

358  The  minimum  size  of  safety  or  water  relief  valve  or  valves 
for  each  boiler  shall  be  governed  by  the  grate  area  of  the  boiler,  as 
shown  by  Table  9. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,  SECTION  II,  HEATING  BOILERS        85 

When  the  conditions  exceed  those  on  which  Table  9  is  based,  the 
following  formula  for  bevel  and  flat  seated  valves  shall  be  used  : 


in  which 

A  —  area  of  direct  spring-loaded  safety  valve  per  square  foot 

of  grate  surface,  sq.  in. 
TF  —  weight  of  water  evaporated  per  square  foot  of  grate  sur- 

face per  second,  Ib. 
P  =  pressure   (absolute)    at  which  the  safety  valve  is  set  to 

blow,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

359  Double    Grate  Down  Draft  Boilers.     In   determining  the 
number  and  size  of  safety  valves  or  water  relief  valves  the  grate  area 
shall  equal  the  area  of  the  upper  grate  plus  one-half  of  the  area  of 
the  lower  grate. 

360  Boilers  Fired  With  Oil  or  Gas.    In  determining  the  number 
and  size  of  safety  or  water  relief  valve  or  valves  for  a  boiler  using  gas 
or  liquid  fuel,  15  sq.  ft.  of  heating  surface  shall  be  equivalent  to  one 
square  foot  of  grate  area.     If  the  size  of  grate  for  use  of  coal  is  evi- 
dent from  the  boiler  design,  such  size  may  be  the  basis  for  the  de- 
termination of  the  safety  valve  capacity. 

STEAM  AXD  WATER  GAGES 

361  Steam  Gages.     Each  steam  boiler  shall  have  a  steam  gage 
connected  to  the  steam  space  or  to  the  water  column  or  its  steam 
connection.      The   steam   gage   shall   be   connected   to    a   syphon   or 
equivalent  device  of  sufficient  capacity  to  keep  the  gage  tube  filled 
with  water  and  so  arranged  that  the  gage  cannot  be  shut  off  from  the 
boiler  except  by  a  cock  placed  near  the  gage  and  provided  with  a  tee 
or  lever  handle  arranged  to  be  parallel  to  the  pipe  in  which  it  is  lo- 
cated when  the  cock  is  open.     Connections  to  gages  shall  be  of  brass, 
copper  or  bronze  composition.     The  dial  of  a  steam  gage  for  a  steam 
heating  boiler  shall  be  graduated  to  not  less  than  30  Ib. 

36$  Pressure  or  Altitude  Gages.  Each  Iwt-ivater  boiler  shall 
have  a  gage  connected  in  such  a  manner  that  it  cannot  be  shut  off 
from  the  boiler  except  by  a  cock  with  tee  or  lever  handle,  placed  on  the 
pipe  near  the  gage.  The  handle  of  the  cock  shall  be  parallel  to  the  pipe 
in  which  it  is  located  when  the  cock  is  open.  Connections  to  gages 
shall  be  made  of  brass,  copper  or  bronze  composition.  The  dial  of 


86  EEPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

the  pressure  or  altitude  gage  shall  be  graduated  to  not  less  than  iy2 
times  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure. 

363  Thermometers.     Each  liot-water  boiler  shall  have   a  ther- 
mometer so  located  and  connected  that  it  shall  be  easily  readable  when 
observing  the  water  pressure  or  altitude.     The  thermometer  shall  be 
so  located  that  it  shall  at  all  times  indicate  the  temperature  in  deg. 
f ahr.,  of  the  water  in  the  boiler. 

FITTINGS  AND  APPLIANCES 

364  Bottom  Blow-off  Pipes.     Each  boiler  shall  have  a  blow-off 
pipe,  fitted  with  a  valve  or  cock,  in  direct  connection  with  the  lowest 
water  space  practicable. 

365  Damper  Regulators.     When  a  pressure  damper  regulator  is 
used,  the  boiler  pressure  pipe  shall  be  connected  to  the  steam  space  of 
the  boiler. 

366  Water  Glasses.     Each  steam  boiler  shall  have  one  or  more 
water  glasses. 

367  Gage  Cocks.    Each  steam  boiler  shall  have  two  or  more  gage 
cocks  located  within  the  range  of  the  visible  length  of  the  water  glass. 

36/8  Water  Column  Pipes.  The  minimum  size  of  pipes  connect- 
ing the  water  column  of  a  boiler  shall  be  1  in.  Water-glass  fittings 
or  gage  cocks  may  be  connected  direct  to  the  boiler.  The  steam  con- 
nection to  the  water  column  of  a  horizontal  return  tubular  boiler 
shall  be  taken  from  the  top  of  shell  or  the  upper  part  of  the  head ;  the 
water  connection  shall  be  taken  from  a  point  not  less  than  6  in.  below 
the  center  line  of  the  shell.  No  connections,  except  for  damper  regu- 
lator, drains  or  steam  gages,  shall  be  placed  on  the  pipes  connecting 
a  water  column  to  a  boiler. 

METHODS  OF  SETTING 

369  Wet-bottom  steel  plate  boilers  shall  have  a  space  of  not  less 
than  12  in.  between  the  bottom  of  the  boiler  and  the  floor  line  with 
access  for  inspection. 

370  Access  Doors.     The  minimum  size  of  access  door  used  in 
boiler  settings  shall  be   12   X    16  in.   or  equivalent  area,  the  least 
dimension  being  11  in. 

.371     The    longitudinal    joints    of    a    horizontal    return    tubular 
boiler  shall  be  located  above  the  fire-line. 


NEW  INSTALLATIONS,  PART  I,   SECTION  II,   HEATING  BOILERS         87 

HYDROSTATIC  TESTS 

372  .4  shop  test  of  60  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  hydrostatic  pressure  shall  be 
applied  to  steel  or  cast-iron  boilers  or  to  the  sections  of  cast-iron 
boilers  which  are  used  exclusively  for  low  pressure  steam  heating. 

373  IIo t-water  boilers  for  a  maximum  allowable  working  pressure 
not  exceeding  30  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  used  exclusively  for  heating  buildings 
or  for  hot-water  supply,  when  constructed  of  cast-iron,  or  of  cast-iron 
excepting  the  connecting  nipples  and  bolts,  shall  be  subjected  to  a 
shop  test  of  60  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  hydrostatic  pressure  applied  to  the  boiler 
or  the  sections  thereof. 

37-i  A  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  in  excess  of  30  Ib. 
per  sq.  in.  will  be  allowed  on  a  hot-water  boiler  constructed  of  cast- 
iron,  or  of  cast-iron  excepting  the  connecting  nipples  and  bolts,  used 
exclusively  for  heating  buildings  or  for  hot-water  supply,  provided 
such  boilers  or  their  sections  have  been  subjected  to  a  shop  hydrostatic 
test  of  two  and  one-half  times  the  actual  working  pressure. 

375  Individual  shop  inspection  shall  be  required  only  for  boilers 
which  come  under  the  rules  for  power  boilers. 

(STAMPING 

376  Each  plate   of  a  completed  boiler   shall  show  a  sufficient 
portion  of  the  plate  maker's  stamp  for  identification. 

377  Name.     All  boilers  referred  to  in  this  section  shall  be  plainly 
and  permanently  marked  with  the  manufacturer's  name  and  the  maxi- 
mum allowable  working  pressure. 


PART  II    EXISTING  INSTALLATIONS 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WORKING  PRESSURE 

378  The  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on  the  shell  of  a 
boiler  or  drum  shall  be  determined  by  the  strength  of  the  weakest 
course,  computed  from  the  thickness  of  the  plate,  the  tensile  strength 
of  the  plate,  the  efficiency  of  the  longitudinal  joint,  the  inside  diame- 
ter of  the  course  and  the  factor  of  safety  allowed  by  these  Rules. 

=  maxinmm  allowable  working  pressure,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

where 

T8  =  ultimate  tensile  strength  of  shell  plates,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
t  =  thickness  of  shell  plate,  in  weakest  course,  in. 
E  =:  efficiency  of  longitudinal  joint,  method  of  determining 

which  is  given  in  Par.  181,  of  these  Rules 
R  =  inside  radius  of  the  weakest  course  of  the  shell  or  drum, 

in. 
FS  =  factor  of  safety  allowed  by  these  Rules 

*379  Boilers  of  Butt  and  Double  strap  construction,  in  ser- 
vice for  a  period  of  one  year  after  these  Orders  become  effective, 
shall  be  operated  with  a  factor  of  safety  of  at  least  four  (4)  by 
the  formula,  Par.  378.  Five  years  after  these  Orders  become 
effective,  the  factor  of  safety  shall  be  at  least  four  and  five-tenths 
(4.5).  In  no  case  shall  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure 
on  old  boilers  be  increased,  unless  they  are  being  operated  at  a 
lesser  pressure  than  would  be  allowable  for  new  boilers,  in  which 
case  the  changed  pressure  shall  not  exceed  that  allowable  for  new 
boilers  of  the  same  construction. 

*380  (a)  The  lowest  factor  of  safety  used  for  boilers,  the  shells 
or  drums  of  which  are  exposed  to  the  direct  products  of  combustion, 
and  the  longitudinal  joints  of  which  are  of  lap  riveted  construction, 
shall  be  as  follows : 

4i  for  boilers  not  over  five  (5)  years  old. 

4£  for  boilers  over  five  (5)  and  not  over  ten  (10)  years  old. 

4f  for  boilers  over  ten   (10)  and  not  over  fifteen   (15)  years  old. 

5     for  boilers  over  fifteen   (15)   and  not  over  twenty   (20)  years  old. 

For  each  five   (5)  years  thereafter  the  factor  of  safety  shall  be 

increased  by  a  further  one-half   (J)    point,  unless  conditions  are 

such  as  to  warrant  a  continuance  of  a  factor  of  safety  of  five  (5), 

and  provided  further  that  within  one  (1)  year  after  the  date  these 


"Indicates   changes  by   the   Industrial   Accident   Commission  of  the   State   of 
California. 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

Orders  go  into  effect,  a  factor  of  safety  of  four  (4)  may  be  used  on 
boilers  not  over  ten  (10)  years  old,  where  conditions  warrant. 

(6)  The  lowest  factor  of  safety  for  boilers,  the  shells  or  drums  of 
which  are  NOT  exposed  to  the  direct  products  of  combustion,  and 
the  longitudinal  joints  of  which  are  of  lap  riveted  construction,  shall 
be  as  follows : 

4  for  boilers  not  over  ten  (10)  years  old. 

4J  for  boilers  over  ten  (10)  and  not  over  fifteen  (15)  years  old. 

41  for  boilers  over  fifteen   (15)   and  not  over  twenty  (20)  years  old. 

5  for  boilers  over  twenty   (20)  years  old. 

For  each  five  (5)  years  thereafter,  the  factor  of  safety  shall  be 
increased  by  a  further  one-half  (J)  point. 

381  Second-hand  boilers,  by  which  are  meant  boilers  where  both 
the  ownership  and  location  are  changed,  shall  have  a  factor  of  safety 
of  at  least  5J,  by  the  formula  Par.  378,  one  year  after  these  Rules 
become  effective,  unless  constructed  in  accordance  with  the  Rules 
contained  in  Part  I,  when  the  factor  shall  be  at  least  5. 

382  Cast-Iron  Headers  and  Mud  Drums.    The  maximum  allow- 
able working  pressure  on  a  water  tube  boiler,  the  tubes  of  which  are 
secured  to  cast-iron  or  malleable  iron  headers,  or  which  have  cast- 
iron  mud  drums,  shall  not  exceed  160  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

383  Steam  Heating  Boilers.    The  maximum  allowable  working 
pressure  shall  not  exceed  15  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  on  a  boiler  used  exclu- 
sively for  low  pressure  steam  heating. 

384  No  pressure  shall  be  allowed  on  a  boiler  on  which  a  crack 
is  discovered  along  the  longitudinal  riveted  joint. 

STRENGTH  OP  MATERIALS 

385  Tensile  Strength.     "When  the  tensile  strength  of  steel  or 
wrought-iron  shell  plates  is  not  known,  it  shall  be  taken  as  55.000  Ib. 
per  sq.  in.  for  steel  and  45,000  Ib.  for  wrought-iron. 

386  Strength  of  Rivets  in  Shear.    In  computing  the  ultimate 
strength  of  rivets  in  shear,  the  following  values  in  pounds  per  square 
inch  of  the  cross-sectional  area  of  the  rivet  shank  shall  be  uspd : 

Iron  rivets  in  single  shear 38.000 

Iron  rivets  in  double  shear 76,000 

Steel  rivets  in  single  shear 44,000 

Steel  rivets  in  double  shear 88,000 

The  cross-sectional  area  shall  be  that  of  the  rivet  shank  after 
driving. 

387  Crushing  Strength  oj  <  el.    The  resistance  to  crush- 
ing of  mild  steel  shall  be  taken  at  95,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  of  cross- 
sectional  area. 


EXISTING    INSTALLATIONS.   PART   H 
TABLE  10    SIZES  OF  RIVETS  BASED  ON  PLATE  THICKNESS 


Tiiickness  of  plate 

\f» 

«• 

JL» 

»» 

«^» 

14* 

Diameter  of  rivet  after  driving  

H' 

W 

H' 

«' 

H' 

If 

H* 

Thickness  of  plate. 

A" 

H' 

M* 

Jt» 

5     ' 

Diameter  of  rivet  after  driving 

H* 

H» 

H* 

1  JF* 

I  JL» 

*388  Rivets.  When  the  diameter  of  the  rivet  holes  in  the 
longitudinal  joints  of  a  boiler  is  not  known,  the  diameter  and  cross- 
sectional  area  of  rivets  after  driving  may  be  ascertained  from 
Table  10  for  boilers  built  in  an  Eastern  shop,  or  by  cutting  out  one 
rivet  in  the  body  of  the  joint. 

For  boilers  built  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  the  rivets  are  to  be  assumed 
as  three-fourths  (%)  of  an  inch  before  driving  and  thirteen- 
sixteenths  (1%e)  °f  an  inch  after  driving  in  five-sixteenths  (%s) 
inch  and  eleven-thirty-seconds  (1%2)  inch  plate. 

SAFETY  VALVES  FOR  POWER  BOILERS 

389  The  safety  valve  capacity  of  each  boiler  shall  be  such  that 
the  safety  valve  or  valves  will  discharge  all  the  steam  that  can  be 
generated  by  the  boiler  without  allowing  the  pressure  to  rise  more 
than  6  per  cent  above  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  or 
more  than  6  per  cent  above  the  highest  pressure  to  which  any  valve 
is  set. 

390  One  or  more  safety  valves  on  every  boiler  shall  be  set  at  or 
below  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure.     The  remaining 
valves  may  be  set  within  a  range  of  3  per  cent  above  the  maximum 
allowable  working  pressure,  but  the  range  of  setting  of  all  of  the 
valves  on  a  boiler  shall  not  exceed  10  per  cent  of  the  highest  pressure 
to  which  any  valve  is  set. 

391  Safety  valve  capacity  may  be  checked  in  any  one  of  three 
different  ways,  and  if  found  sufficient,  additional  capacity  need  not 
be  provided : 

a  By  making  an  accumulation  test,  by  shutting  off  all  other 
-  am  discharge  outlets  from  the  boiler  and  forcing  the 
fires  to  the  maximum.  The  safety  valve  equipment  shall 
be  sufficient  to  prevent  an  excess  pressure  beyond  6  per 
cent  as  specified  in  Par.  389. 

b  By  measuring  the  maximum  amount  of  fuel  that  can  be 
burned  and  computing  the  corresponding  evaporative 


•Indicates   changes   by   the   Industrial   Accident  Commission  of  the  State  of 
California. 


92  REPORT  OP  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

capacity  upon  the  basis  of  the  heating  value  of  the  fuel. 
See  Appendix,  Pars.  421  to  427. 

c  By  determining  the  maximum  evaporative  capacity  by 
measuring  the  feed  water.  The  sum  of  the  safety  valve 
capacities  shall  be  equal  to  or  greater  than  the  maximum 
evaporative  capacity  of  the  boiler. 

392  In  case  either  of  the  methods  outlined  in  sections  Z>  or  c  of 
Par.  391  is  employed,  the  safety  valve  capacities  shall  be  taken  at  the 
maximum  values  given  in  Table  8  for  spring  loaded  pop  safety 
valves,  or  0.66  times  the  maximum  values  given  in  Table  8,  for  lever 
safety  valves. 

393  When  additional  valve  capacity  is  required,  any  valves 
added  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  in  Part  I  of  these  Rules. 

394  No  valve  of  any  description  shall  be  placed  between  the 
safety  valve  and  the  boiler,  nor  on  the  discharge  pipe  between  the 
safety  valve  and  the  atmosphere.    When  a  discharge  pipe  is  used,  it 
shall  be  not  less  than  the  full  size  of  the  valve,  and  the  discharge 
pipe  shall  be  fitted  with  an  open  drain  to  prevent  water  lodging  in 
the  upper  part  of  the  safety  valve  or  in  the  pipe.    If  a  muffler  is  used 
on  a  safety  valve  it  shall  have  sufficient  outlet  area  to  prevent  back 
pressure  from  interfering  with  the  proper  operation  and  discharge 
capacity  of  the  valve.    The  muffler  plates  or  other  devices  shall  be  so 
constructed  as  to  avoid  any  possibility  of  restriction  of  the  steam 
passages  due  to  deposit.    When  an  elbow  is  placed  on  a  safety  valve 
discharge  pipe,  it  shall  be  located  close  to  the  safety  valve  outlet  or 
the  pipe  shall  be  securely  anchored  and  supported.    All  safety  valve 
discharges  shall  be  so  located  or  piped  as  to  be  carried  clear  from 
running  boards  or  working  platforms  used  in  controlling  the  main 
stop  valves  of  boilers  or  steam  headers. 

FITTINGS  AND  APPLIANCES 

395  Water  Glasses  and  Gage  Cocks.     Each  steam  boiler  shall 
have  at  least  one  water  glass,  the  lowest  visible  part  of  which  shall 
be  not  less  than  2  in.  above  the  lowest  permissible  water  level. 

396  Each  boiler  shall  have  three  or  more  gage  cocks,  located 
within  the  range  of  the  visible  length  of  the  water  glass,  when  the 
maximum  allowable  working  pressure  exceeds  15  Ib.  per  sq.  in., 
except  when  such  boiler  has  two  water  glasses  with  independent  con- 
nections to  the  boiler,  located  on  the  same  horizontal  line  and  not  less 
than  two  (2)  feet  apart. 


EXISTING  INSTALLATIONS,  PART   II 

Exception  should  be  made  where  the  height  of  the  seg- 
ment above  the  tubes  on  the  boiler  does  not  exceed  twelve  (12) 
inches;  in  which  case,  at  least  two  (2)  gage  cocks  located  within  the 
visible  range  of  the  water  glass  must  be  used. 

397  No  outlet  connections,  except  for  damper  regulator,  feed- 
water  regulator,  drains  or  steam  gages,  shall  be  placed  on  the  pipes 
connecting  a  water  column  to  a  power  boiler. 

398  Steam  Gages.    Each  steam  boiler  shall  have  a  steam  gage 
connected  to  the  steam  space  or  to  the  water  column  or  to  its  steam 
connection.     The  steam  gage  shall  be  connected  to  a  syphon  or 
equivalent  device  of  sufficient  capacity  to  keep  the  gage  tube  filled 
with  water  and  so  arranged  that  the  gage  cannot  be  shut  off  from  the 
boiler  except  by  a  cock  placed  near  the  gage  and  provided  with  a  tee 
or  lever  handle  arranged  to  be  parallel  to  the  pipe  in  which  it  is 
located  when  the  cock  is  open.     Connections  to  gages  shall  be  of 
brass,  copper  or  bronze  composition. 

39Sa  Each  boiler  shall  be  provided  with  a  one-quarter  (J") 
inch  pipe  size  valved  connection  for  attaching  a  test  gage  when  the 
boiler  is  in  service,  so  that  the  accuracy  of  the  boiler  steam  gage 
can  be  ascertained. 

399  Stop   Valves.     Each  steam   outlet  from  a  power  boiler 
(except  safety  valve  connections)  shall  be  fitted  with  a  stop  valve 
located  as  close  as  practicable  to  the  boiler. 

400  When  a  stop  valve  is  so  located  that  water  can  accumulate, 
ample  drains  shall  be  provided. 

401  Bottom  Blow-Off  Pipes.    Each  boiler  shall  have  a  blow-off 
pipe  fitted  with  a  valve  or  cock,  in  direct  connection  with  the  lowest 
water  space  practicable. 

402  When  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  exceeds 
125  Ib.  per  sq.  in.,  the  blow-off  pipe  shall  be  extra  heavy  from  boiler 
to  valve  or  valves,  and  shall  run  full  size  without  reducers  or  bush- 
ings.   All  fittings  between  the  boiler  and  valve  shall  be  steel,  extra 
heavy  malleable  iron  or  extra  heavy  cast-iron. 

403  When  the  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  exceeds 
125  Ib.  per  sq.  in.,  each  bottom  blow-off  pipe  shall  be  fitted  with  an 
extra  heavy  valve  or  cock.    Preferably  two  (2)  valves,  or  a  valve  and 
a  cock  should  be  used  on  each  blow-off,  in  which  case  such  valves,  or 
valve  and  cock,  shall  be  extra  heavy. 

*404  The  blow-off  pipe  or  boiler  rest,  or  both,  when  exposed  to 
direct  action  of  products  of  combustion,  shall  be  properly  protected 

"Indicates   changes   by   the   Industrial  Accident   Commission   of  the   State   of 
California. 


94  REPORT    OF    BOILER    CODE    COMMITTEE,    AM.SOC.M.E. 

by  a  sleeve,  asbestos  rope,  or  other  suitable  material,  or  a  protecting 
pier  of  brick  built  in  ' '  V ' '  shape,  or  other  pier  with  corner  pointing 
toward  and  against  path  of  flame. 

405  An  opening  in  the  boiler  setting  for  a  blow-off  pipe  shall  be 
arranged  to  provide  for  free  expansion  and  contraction. 

406  Feed  Piping.1     The  feed  pipe  of  a  steam  boiler  operated  at 
more  than  15  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  maximum  allowable  working  pressure, 
shall  be  provided  with  a  check  valve  near  the  boiler  and  a  valve  or 
cock  between  the  check  valve  and  the  boiler,  and  when  two  or  more 
boilers  are  fed  from  a  common  source,  there  shall  also  be  a  globe 
valve  on  the  branch  to  each  boiler,  between  the  check  valve  and  the 
source  of  supply.    When  a  globe  valve  is  used  on  a  feed  pipe,  the 
inlet  shall  be  under  the  disc  of  the  valve. 

*406a  The  main  feed  in  boilers  operated  at  more  than  fifteen 
(15)  Ibs.  per  sq.  in.  maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  shall 
not  enter  the  boiler  through  the  blow-off. 

*406&  When  a  pump,  inspirator,  or  injector  is  required  to  sup- 
ply feed  water  to  a  boiler  of  over  50  hp.,  more  than  one  such 
mechanical  appliance  shall  be  provided. 

407  Lamphrey  Fronts.     Each  boiler  fitted  with  a  Lamphrey 
boiler  furnace  mouth  protector,  or  similar  appliance,  having  valves 
on  the  pipes  connecting  them  to  the  boiler,  shall  have  these  valves 
locked  or  sealed  open.     Such  valves,  when  used,  shall  be  of  the 
straightway  type. 

HYDROSTATIC  PRESSURE  TESTS. 

*408  When  a  hydrostatic  test  is  applied  the  required  test  pres- 
sure shall  be  not  more  than  one  and  one-half  (1^)  times  the  maxi- 
mum allowable  working  pressure,  and  not  less  than  the  maximum 
allowable  working  pressure.  The  pressure  shall  be  under  proper 
control  so  that  in  no  case  shall  the  required  test  pressure  be  exceeded 
by  more  than  two  (2)  per  cent.  No  person  other  than  an  inspector 
holding  a  certificate  of  competency  shall  apply  a  hydrostatic  test  on 
any  boiler  in  excess  of  the  allowable  working  pressure  as  set  forth  in 
the  certificate  of  inspection. 

409  During  a  hydrostatic  test  of  a  boiler,  the  safety  valve  or 
valves  shall  be  removed  or  each  valve  disc  shall  be  held  to  its  seat  by 
means  of  a  testing  clamp  and  not  by  screwing  down  the  compression 
screw  upon  the  spring. 

"Indicates  changes  by  the  Industrial  Accident  Commission  of  the  State  of 
California. 

JIt  is  recommended  that  wherever  possible  the  feed  water  entering  boilers  shall 
be  not  less  than  one  hundred  twenty  (120)  degrees  Fahrenheit. 


APPENDIX 


EFFICIENCY  OF  JOINTS 

410     Efficiency  of  Riveted  Joints.     The  ratio  which  the  strength 
of  a  unit  length  of  a  riveted  joint  has  to  the  same  unit  length  of 
the  solid  plate  is  known  as  the  efficiency  of  the  joint  and  shall  be 
calculated  by  the  general  method  illustrated  in  the  following  examples : 
TS  =  tensile  strength  stamped  on  plate,  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
t  =  thickness  of  plate,  in. 
~b  =  thickness  of  butt  strap,  in. 

P  =  pitch  of  rivets,  in.,  on  row  having  greatest  pitch 
J  =  diameter  of  rivet  after  driving,  in.  =  diameter  of  rivet 
hole 


© 
© 


© 


©  ©  © 


FIG.  21     EXAMPLE  OF  LAP  JOINT,  LONGITUDINAL 
OR  CIRCUMFERENTIAL,  SINGLE-EIVETED 


a  =  cross-sectional  area  of  rivet  after  driving,  sq.  in. 

s  =  shearing  strength  of  rivet  in  single  shear,  Ib.  per  sq/in., 

as  given  in  Par.  16 
S  =  shearing  strength  of  rivet  in  double  shear,  Ib.  per  sq.  in., 

as  given  in  Par.  16 
c  =  crushing  strength  of  mild  steel,  Ib.  per  sq.  in.,  as  given 

in  Par.  15 

n  =  number  of  rivets  in  single  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint 
N  =  number  of  rivets  in  double  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint. 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


411     Example:  Lap  joint,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  single- 
riveted. 

A  =  strength  of  solid  plate  =  PXtXTS 

B  =  strength  of  plate  be  ween  rivet  holes  =  (P — d)t  X  TS 

C  =  shearing  strength  of  one  rivet  in  single  shear =nXsXa 

D  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  one  rivet =dXtXc 

Divide  B,  C  or  D  (whichever  is  the  least)  by  A,  and  the  quotient  will  be  the 

efficiency  of  a  single-riveted  lap  joint  as  shown  in  Fig.  21. 


TS  =  55,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
t  =  Kin.  =0.25  in. 
P  =  l^  in.  =  1.625  in. 
d  =  ii  in.  =0.6875  in. 
a  =0.3712  sq.  in. 
s  =  44,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 


c= 95,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
A  =1.625X0.25X55,000=22,343 
B  =  (1.625—0.6875)  0.25  X 55,000  =  12.890 
C  =  1 X  44,000  X0.3712  =  16,332 
D  =  0.6875  X0.25  X95,000  =  16,328 


©             \<—P  -H 

'©    <J>    4>    ©    © 
©      ©    ©    © 

,  . 

j>^  , 

FIG. 


22     EXAMPLE  OF  LAP  JOINT,  LONGITUDINAL 
OR  CIRCUMFERENTIAL,  DOUBLE-RIVETED 


12,890  (B) 
22,343  (A) 


=0.576=  efficiency  of  joint 


412     Example:  Lap  joint,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  double- 
riveted. 

A  =  strength  of  solid  plate  =  PxtXTS 

B  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  =  (P — d)  t  X  TS 

C  =  shearing  strength  of  two  rivets  in  single  shear  =  n  Xs Xa 

D  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  two  rivets  =nXdXtXc 

Divide  B,  C  or  D  (whichever  is  the  least)  by  A,  and  the  quotient  will  be  the 

efficiency  of  a  double-riveted  lap  joint,  as  shown  in  Fig.  22. 


TS  =  55,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
t  =  -fs  in.  =0.3125  in. 
P=2%in.=2.875in. 
d=%  in.  =0.75  in. 
0=0.4418  sq.  in. 
s  =  44,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 


36,523  (B) 
49,414  (A) 


c =95,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
;!  =2.875X0.3125X55,000  =  49,414 
B  =  (2.875— 0.75)  0.3125X55,000=36,523 
0=2X44,000X0.4418=38,878 
D  =2X0.75X0.3 125X95,000  =44,531 


=0.7£9  =  efficiency  of  joint 


APPENDIX  97 

413     Example:   Butt  and  double  strap  joint,  double-riveted. 
A  =  strength  of  solid  plate  =PXtXTS 
B  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — d)  t  X  TS 

C  =  shearing  strength  of  two  rivets  in  double  shear,  plus  the  shearing  strength  of 
one  rivet  in  single  shear  =NXSXa -\-nXsXa 

D=  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  second  row,  plus  the  shearing 
strength  of  one  rivet  in  single  shear  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — 2d)  t  X  TS 


FIG.  23     EXAMPLE  OF  BUTT  AND  DOUBLE  STRAP 
JOINT,  DOUBLE-RIVETED 


E  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  second  row,  plus  the  crushing 
strength  .of  butt  strap  in  front  of  one  rivet  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — 2d)  t 
XTS+dXbXc 

F  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  two  rivets,  plus  the  crushing  strength 
of  butt  strap  in  front  of  one  rivet  =NXdXtXc+nXdXbXc 

G  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  two  rivets,  plus  the  shearing  strength 
of  one  rivet  in  single  shear = N XdXtXc+nXsXa 

H  =  strength  of  butt  straps  between  rivet  holes  in  the  inner  row  =  (P — 2d)  2b 
X  TS,  This  method  of  failure  is  not  possible  for  thicknesses  of  butt  straps 
required  by  these  Rules  and  the  computation  need  only  be  made  for  old 
boilers  in  which  thin  butt  straps  have  been  used.  For  this  reason  this 
method  of  failure  will  not  be  considered  in  other  joints. 

Divide  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  GOT  H  (whichever  is  the  least)  by  A,  and  the  quotient  will 


98 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


be  the  efficiency  of  a  butt  and  double  strap  joint,  double-riveted,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  23. 

TS  =  55,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  a  =0.6013  sq.  in. 

t  =    %  in.  =0.375  in.  s  =44,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

b=   &  in.  =0.3  125  in.  S  =  88,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

P=4^g  in.  =4.875  in.  c  =  95,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
d=   Kin.  =0.875  in. 

Number  of  rivets  in  single  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint  =  1. 
Number  of  rivets  in  double  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint  =2. 


FIG.  24    EXAMPLE  OF  BUTT  AND  DOUBLE  STRAP  JOINT,  TRIPLE-EIVETED 


A  =4.875  X  0.375  X  55,000  =  100,547 

B  =  (4.875—0.875)  0.375  X  55,000  =  82,500 

C =2X88,000X0.6013 +  1X44,000X0.6013  =  132,286 

D  =  (4.875— 2X0.875)0.375X55,000  +  1X44,000X0.6013=90,910 

E  =  (4.875— 2X0.875)  0.375X55,000+0.875X0.3125X95,000  =90,429 

F =2  X0.875  X0.375  X  95,000  +0.875  X0.3125  X95,000  =  88,320 

(7=2X0.875X0.375X95,000+1X44,000X0.6013=88,800 

82,500  (B) 

100,547  (A)  =  0-S20  =  efficiency  of  joint 


414    Example:    Butt  and  double  strap  joint,  triple-riveted. 
A  =  strength  of  solid  plate  =  PXtXTS 

B  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — d)  t  X  TS 
C  —  shearing  strength  of  four  rivets  in  double  shear,  plus  the  s.hearing  strength 

of  one  rivet  in  single  shear  =NXSXa+nXsXa 
D  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  second  row,  plus  the  shearing 

strength  of  one  rivet  in  single  shear  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — 2d)  tXTS 

•i-nXsXa 


APPENDIX  99 

#=»«««xA&a.  Of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  second  row,  plus  the  crushing 
strength  of  buti,  .+^,.n  in  front  of  one  rivet  in  the  outer  row  =  (P—2d)  t 
XTS+dXbXc 

F  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  four  rivets,  plua  the  crushing  strength 
of  butt  strap  in  front  of  one  rivet  =  NXdXtXc+nXdXbXc 

G  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  four  rivets,  plus  the  shearing  strength 
of  one  rivet  in  single  shear  =  NXdXtXc+nXsXa 

Divide  B,  C,  Z),  E,  F  or  G  (whichever  is  the  least)  by  A,  and  the  quotient  will 
be  the  efficiency  of  a  butt  and  double  strap  joint,  triple-riveted,  as  shown  in  Fig.  24. 

7*5  =  55,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  a  =0.5185  sq.  in. 

t  =    H  in.  =0.375  in.  s  =44,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

6=    A  in.  =0.3125  in.  £=88,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

P  =  6^  in.  =6.5  in.  c  =95,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
d=    H  in.  =0.8125  in. 

Number  of  rivets  in  single  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint  =  1. 
Number  of  rivets  in  double  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint  =4. 

A  =6.5X0.375X55,000  =  134,062 

B  =  (6.5—0.8125)  0.375X55,000  =  117,304 

C =4X88,000X0.5185  +  1X44,000X0.5185  =205,326 

D  =  (6.5—2  X0.8125)  0.375  X 55,000+1  X 44,000  X0.5185  =  123,360 

E  =  (6.5—2  X0.8125)  0.375 X55,000+0.8125 X0.3125 X95,000  =  124,667 

F=4X0.8125X0.375X95,000  +  1X0.8125X0.3125X95,000  =  139,902 

G =4  X0.8125  X  0.375  X  95,000+1  X  44, 000X0.5185  =  138,595 

i5S5=o-875=effidencyofioint 

415     Example:  Butt  and  double  strap  joint,  quadruple-riveted. 

A  =  strength  of  solid  plate  =PXtXTS 

B  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — d)  t  X  TS 

C  =  shearing  strength  of  eight  rivets  in  double  shear,  plus  the  shearing  strength 
of  three  rivets  in  single  shear=2VX£Xa+nXsXa 

D  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  second  row,  plus  the  shearing 
strength  of  one  rivet  in  single  shear  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — 2d)  tXTS 
+!XsXa 

E  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  third  row,  plus  the  shearing 
strength  of  two  rivets  in  the  second  row  in  single  shear  and  one  rivet  in 
single  shear  in  the  outer  row  =  (P— Id)  t  X  TS+n  Xs  Xa 

F=-- strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  second  row,  plus  the  crushing 
strength  of  butt  strap  in  front  of  one  rivet  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — 2d)  t 
XTS+dXbXc 


100 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.B. 


row  and  one 


G=  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  third  row,  pl 

strength  of  butt  strap  in  front  of  two  rivets  in  +K~  —  oon 

rivet  in  the  outer  row  =  (P  —  4d}  t  ^T-s  r  n  x  d  X  &  X  c 
H  =  crushing  strength  of  plat*  iu  front  of  eight  rivets,  plus  the  crushing  strength 

of  butt  strap  In  front  of  three  rivets  =NXdXtXc+nXdXbXc 
I  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  eight  rivets,  plus  the  shearing  strength 

of  two  rivets  in  the  second  row  and  one  rivet  in  the  outer  row,  in  single 

shear  =NXdXtXc+nXsXa 

Divide  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  H  or  /  (whichever  is  the  least)  by  A,  and  the  quotient 
will  be  the  efficiency  of  a  butt  and  double  strap  joint  quadruple-riveted,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  25. 


FIG.  25     EXAMPLE  OF  BUTT  AND  DOUBLE  STRAP  JOINT,   QUADRUPLE-KIVETED 


a  =  0.6903  sq.  in. 
s=  44,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
S=  88,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
c  =  95,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 


TS  =  55,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

t=     Kin.  =0.5  in. 

b=     £s  in.  =0.4375  in. 
P  =  15in. 

d=     if  in.  =0.9375  in. 
Number  of  rivets  in  single  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint  =3. 
Number  of  rivets  in  double  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint  =8. 
A  =  15X0.5X55,000  =  412,500 
£  =  (15—0.9375)  0.5X55,000  =  386,718 
C =8X88,000  X0.6903  +3  X  44,000X0. 6903  =577,090 
D  =  (15— 2X0.9375)  0.5X55,000+1X44,000X0.6903=391,310 
E  =  (15—4  X0.9375)  0.5  X 55,000 +3  X44,000 X0.6903  =400,494 
F  =  (15—2  X0.9375)  0.5  X 55,000 +0.9375  X 0.4375  X95,000  =  399,902 
G  =  (15— 4X0.9375)  0.5X55,000+3X0.9375X0.4375X95,000=426,269 
H  =  8  X0.9375  X0.5  X95,000  +3  X0.9375  X0.4375  X95,000  =  473, 145 

7  =  8  X0.9375  X0.5  X95,000  +3  X44,000  X0.6903  =  447,369 


386,718  (B} 
412,500  (A) 


=0.937  =  efficiency  of  joint 


APPENDIX 


'.  101 


416     Example:  Butt  and  double  strap  joint,  quintuple-riveted. 

A  =  strength  of  solid  plate  =  PXtXTS 

B  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  outer  row  =  (F — 5)  tXTS 

C  =  shearing  strength  of  16  rivets  in  double  shear,  plus  the  shearing  strength  of 

seven  rivets  in  single  shear  =NXSXa+nXsXa 
D=  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  second  row,  plus  the  shearing 

strength  of  one  rivet  in  single  shear  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — 2d)  tXTS 

+lXsXa 
E  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  third  row,  plus  the  shearing 

strength  of  two  rivets  in  the  second  row  in  single  shear  and  one  rivet  in 

single  shear  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — 4d)  tXTS+3XsXa 


FIG.  26    EXAMPLE  OF  BUTT  AND  DOUBLE  STRAP  JOINT,  QUINTUPLE-KIVETED 


F  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  fourth  row,  plus  the  shearing 
strength  of  four  rivets  in  the  third  row,  two  rivets  in  the  second  row  and 
one  rivet  in  the  outer  row  in  single  shear  =  (P — 8d)  tXTS+nXsXa 

G  —  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  second  row,  plus  the  crushing 
strength  of  butt  strap  in  front  of  one  rivet  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — 2d)  t 
XTS+dXbXc 

H  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  third  row,  plus  the  crushing 
strength  of  butt  strap  in  front  of  two  rivets  in  the  second  row  and  one 
rivet  in  the  outer  row  =  (P— 4d)  tXTS+ZXdXbXc 

7  =  strength  of  plate  between  rivet  holes  in  the  fourth  row,  plus  the  crushing 
strength  of  butt  strap  in  front  of  four  rivets  in  the  third  row,  two  rivets 
in  the  second  row  and  one  rivet  in  the  outer  row  =  (P — Sd)  tXTS+n 
XdXbXc 


102 


TtEFORT  O^1  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


J  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  16  rivets,  plus  the  crushing  strength  of 

butt  strap  in  front  of  seven  rivets =NXdXtXc+nXdXbXc 
K  =  crushing  strength  of  plate  in  front  of  16  rivets,  plus  the  shearing  strength 
of  four  rivets  in  the  third  row,  two  rivets  in  the  second  row  and  one  rivet 
in  the  outer  row  in  single  sheai=NXdXtXc+nXsXa 

Divide  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  7,  J  or  K  (whichever  is  the  least)  by  A,  and  the  quo- 
tient will  be  the  efficiency  of  a  butt  and  double  strap  joint,  quintuple-riveted,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  26  or  Fig.  27. 

TS  =  55,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  a  =  1.3529  sq.  in. 

t=    %  in.  =0.75  in.  s  =  44,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

1=   Y2 :in.  =0.5  in.  S  =  88,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

P=36n.  c  =  95,000  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 

in.  =  1.3125  in. 


P=  36'1 -H 


FIG.  27    EXAMPLE  OF  BUTT  AND  DOUBLE  STRAP  JOINT,  QUINTUPLE-RIVETED 

Number  of  rivets  in  single  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint  =7. 
Number  of  rivets  in  double  shear  in  a  unit  length  of  joint  =  16. 

A  =36  X0.75  X55,000  =  1,485,000 
B  =  (36—1.3125)  0.75 X55,000  =  1,430,860 
C  =  16  X88,000  X  1.3529 +7  X44,000  X  1.3529  =2,321,578 
D  =  (36—2  X  1.3125)  0.75 X55,000+l  X 44,000 X  1.3529  =  1,436,246 
E  =  (36—4  X 1 .3 125)  0.75  X  55,000  +3  X44,000  X 1 .3529  =  1,447,020 
F  =  (36— 8X1.3125)0.75X55,000+7X44,000X1.3529  =  1,468,568 
G  =  (36— 2X1.3125)0.75X55,000+1.3125X0.5X95,000  =  1,439,064 
H  =  (36—4 X  1.3125)  0.75 X55,000+3 X  1.3125 X0.5 X95,000  =  1,455,472 
/  =  (36— 8X1.3125)0.75X55,000+7X1.3125X0.5X95,000  =  1,488,141 
/  =  16  X 1 .3125  X0.75  X95,000 +7  X  1.3125  X0.5  X95,000  =  1,932,266 
#  =  16X1.3125X0.75X95,000+7X44,000X1.3529  =  1,912,943 


1,430,860  (B) 

1,485,000  (A) 


=  0.963  =  efficiency  of  joint 


APPENDIX 


103 


417  Figs.  .28  and  29  illustrate  other  joints  that  may  be  used. 
The  butt  and  double  strap  joint  with  straps  of  equal  width  shown  in 
Fig.  28  may  be  so  designed  that  it  will  have  an  efficiency  of  from  82 
to  84  per  cent  and  the  saw-tooth  joint  shown  in  Fig.  29  so  that  it  will 
have  an  efficiency  of  from  92  to  94  per  cent. 


FIG.  28     ILLUSTRATION  OF  BUTT  AND  DOUBLE  STRAP  JOINT  WITH  STRAPS  OF 

EQUAL  WIDTH 


FIG.  29     ILLUSTRATION  OF  BUTT  AND  DOUBLE  STRAP  JOINT  OF  THE  SAW-TOOTH 

TYPE 


104 


EEPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


BRACED  AND  STAYED  SURFACES 

4.18  The  allowable  loads  based  on  the  net  cross-sectional  areas  of 
staybolts  with  V-threads,  are  computed  from  the  following  formulae. 
The  use  of  Whitworth  threads  with  other  pitches  is  permissible. 

The  formula  for  the  diameter  of  a  staybolt  at  the  bottom  of  a 
V-thread  is: 

D  —  (P  X  1.732)  =  d 
where 

D  =  diameter  of  staybolt  over  the  threads,  in. 
P  —  pitch  of  threads,  in. 

d  —  diameter  of  staybolt  at  bottom  of  threads,  in. 
1.73i2  =  a  constant 

When  IT.  ,S.  threads  are  used,  the  formula  becomes 
D—  (P  X  1.^3,2  X  0.75)  •=  d 

Tables  11  and  12  give  the  allowable  loads  on  net  cross-sectional 
areas  for  staybolts  with  V-threads,  having  12  and  10  threads  per  inch. 


TABLE  11.    ALLOWABKE  LOADS  ON  STAYBOLTS  WITH  V-THREADS,  12  THREADS 

PER  INCH 


Outside  Diameter 
of 

Diameter  at 
Bottom  of 

Net  Cross- 
Sectional  Area 

Allowable  Load 
at  7500  Lb. 

Staybolts,  In. 

Thread, 
In. 

(at  Bottom  of 
Thread)  ,  Sq.  In. 

Stress,  per 
Sq.  In. 

|/ 

0.7500 

0.6057 

0.288 

2160 

ii 

0.8125 

0.6682 

0.351 

2632 

% 

0.8750 

0.7307 

0.419 

3142 

il 

0.9375 

0.7932 

0.494 

3705 

.0000 

0.8557 

0.575 

4312 

A 

.0625 

0.9182 

0.662 

4965 

M 

.1250 

0.9807 

0.755 

5662 

_i. 

.1875 

1.0432 

0.855 

6412 

K 

.2500 

1  .  1057 

0.960 

7200 

~fs 

.3125 

1  .  1682 

1.072 

8040 

% 

.3750 

1.2307 

1.190 

8925 

•& 

.4375 

1.2932 

1.313 

9849 

iy* 

.5000 

1  .  3557 

1.444 

10830 

APPENDIX 


105 


TABLE  12.    ALLOWABLE  LOADS  ON  STAYBOLTS  WITH  V-THREADS,  10  THREADS 

PER  INCH 


Outside  Diameter 
of 

Diameter  at 
Bottom 

Net  Cross- 
Sectional  Area 

Allowable  Load 
at  7500  Lb. 

Staybolts,  In. 

of  Thread, 
In. 

(at  Bottom  of 
Thread),  Sq.  In. 

Stress  per 
Sq.  In. 

1M 

1.2500 

1.0768 

0.911 

6832 

1.3125 

1  .  1393 

1.019 

7642 

\% 

1  .  3750 

1.2018 

1.134 

8505 

ITS 

1  .  4375 

1.2643 

1.255 

9412 

1  V% 

1.5000 

1  .  3268 

1.382 

10365 

1  ~V 

1  .  5625 

1.3893 

1.515 

11362 

15/8 

1  .  6250 

1.4518 

1.655 

12412 

419     Table  13  shows  the  allowable  loads  on  net  cross-sectional 
areas  of  round  stays  or  braces. 


TABLE  13.    ALLOWABLE  LOADS  ON  ROUND  BRACES  OR  STAY  RODS 


Allowable  Stress,  in  Lb.  per  Sq.  In.,  Net  Cross-sectional 

XT«* 

Area 

Minimum 
Diameter 
of  Circular 

JNet 
Cross-sectional 
Area  of  Stay, 

6000 

8500 

9500 

Qfoxr       In 

otay,  in. 

Allowable  Load,  in  Lb.,  on  Net  Cross-sectional  Area 

1             1.0000 

0.7854 

4712 

6676 

7462 

1^         1.0625 

0.8866 

5320 

7536 

8423 

l$i         1.1250 

0.9940 

5964 

8449 

9443 

1  &         1  .  1875 

1  .  1075 

6645 

9414 

10521 

\Yl         1.2500 

1.2272 

7363 

10431 

11658 

1&         1.3125 

1.3530 

8118 

115C1 

12854 

1%         1.3750 

1.4849 

8909 

12622 

14107 

l'A         1.4375 

1.6230 

9738 

13796 

15419 

1  '/$         1  .  5000 

1.7671 

10603 

15020 

16787 

1'A         1.5625 

1.9175 

11505 

16298 

18216 

154         1.6250 

2.0739 

12443 

17628 

19702 

1  H        1  •  6875 

2.2365 

13419 

19010 

21247 

1M         1.7500 

2.4053 

14432 

20445 

22852 

IB        1.8125 

2.5802 

15481 

21932 

24512 

\Y%         1.8750 

2.7612 

16567 

23470 

26231 

1ft        1.9375 

2.9483 

17690 

25061 

28009 

2            2.0000 

3.1416 

18850 

26704 

29845 

2^i         2.1250 

3.5466 

21280 

30147 

33693 

2\i         2.2500 

3.9761 

23857 

33797 

37773 

23/8        2.3750 

4.4301 

26580 

37656 

42086 

2  J4         2.5000 

4.9087 

29452 

41724 

46632 

2%         2.6250 

5.4119 

32471 

46001 

51413 

2%         2.7500 

5.9396 

35638 

50487 

56426 

2j|         2.8750 

6.4918 

38951 

55181 

61673 

3             3.0000 

7.0686 

42412 

60083 

67152 

420     Table  14  gives  the  net  areas  of  segments  of  heads  for  use  in 
computing  stays. 


106  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

TABLE  14.    NET  AREAS  OF  SEGMENTS  OF  HEADS 


Height 
from 
Tubes 
to 
Shell, 
In. 

Diameter  of  Boiler,  In. 

24 

30 

36 

42 

48 

54 

60 

66 

72 

78 

84 

90 

96 

Area  to  be  stayed,  Sq.  In. 

8 

8>"2 

9 
9^ 
10 

10H 
11 

HH 

12 
12}* 
13 
13}* 
14 
14}* 
15 

B* 

«K 

^ 

it* 
8* 

20J4 
21 
21V* 
22' 
22^ 
23 

8* 

!45K 
iiH 

|?H 

8* 
15* 

s* 
§2* 

31}* 
32 

W* 
%" 

34}*.. 

28 
35 
42 
50 
57 
66 
74 
83 
91 

33 
41 
49 
58 
68 
78 
88 
99 
109 
120 
132 
143 
155 
167 
178 

37 
46 
56 
66 

77 
89 
100 
112 
125 
138 
151 
164 
178 
192 
206 
220 
235 
249 
264 

40 
51 
62 
70 
85 
98 
111 
124 
139 
153 
108 
183 
199 
215 
231 
247 
263 
281 
297 
314 
331 
349 
306 
384 
401 

43 
55 
67 
80 
93 
107 
121 
137 
151 
167 
183 
200 
217 
235 
252 
271 
289 
308 
326 
345 
365 
384 
404 
424 
444 
404 
4S5 
505 
526 

47 
59 
72 
86 
99 
114 
130 
146 
163 
180 
197 
216 
234 
254 
273 
291 
312 
332 
353 
374 
396 
417 
439 
461 
483 
505 
528 
551 
574 
597 
620 
642 
667 
689 
714 
737 
761 

51 
63 
76 
91 
106 
123 
138 
156 
174 
193 
211 
230 
250 
271 
291 
312 
334 
357 
378 
400 
424 
448 
470 
496 
519 
543 
568 
594 
618 
643 
668 
695 
719 
745 
771 
798 
824 
850 
877 
904 
930 

53 
66 
82 
96 

112 
131 
147 
165 
184 
204 
224 
246 
266 
287 
309 
332 
355 
380 
402 
426 
450 
476 
500 
528 
552 
578 
604 
632 
658 
687 
713 
740 
708 
797 
825 
855 
882 
909 
939 
968 
997 
1028 
1056 
1084 
1115 

55 
70 
86 
101 
117 
135 
155 
173 
194 
216 
235 
258 
280 
303 
326 
350 
374 
399 
425 
449 
476 
501 
529 
558 
583 
613 
640 
669 
697 
726 
754 
784 
814 
843 
875 
907 
936 
968 
998 
1030 
1060 
1092 
1123 
1155 
1187 
1218 
1252 
1286 
1317 

58 
74 
90 
105 
123 
142 
161 
181 
203 
224 
247 
270 
294 
318 
343 
368 
394 
420 
447 
471 
500 
526 
555 
584 
613 
643 
673 
703 
734 
765 
796 
827 
859 
892 
922 
956 
987 
1024 
1053 
1089 
1120 
1157 
1187 
1221 
1255 
1290 
1324 
1359 
1394 
1430 
1465 
1500 
1536 

60 
76 
92 
111 
129 
147 
169 
189 
213 
234 
256 
282 
305 
333 
357 
382 
411 
436 
467 
494 
520 
552 
580 
613 
642 
675 
705 
739 
769 
800 
830 
866 
897 
934 
966 
1003 
1035 
1073 
1106 
1145 
1177 
1211 
1248 
1284 
1321 
1358 
1394 
1433 
1467 
1508 
1542 
1578 
1617 
1654 
1692 

63 
80 
95 
116 
132 
153 
174 
196 
219 
243 
267 
293 
319 
345 
372 
400 
423 
457 
486 
516 
543 
577 
604 
641 
667 
706 
733 
766 
800 
835 
869 
904 
939 
975 
1010 
1047 
1083 
1120 
1157 
1195 
1232 
1270 
1305 
1347 
1382 
1424 
1459 
1496 
1538 
1575 
1617 
1655 
1695 
1735 
1775 
1810 
1857 

65 
82 
98 
119 
137 
160 
183 
204 
230 
252 
279 
302 
331 
360 
386 
417 
443 
475 
502 
536 
564 
598 
631 
663 
699 
729 
766 
797 
835 
867 
906 
945 
978 
1018 
1051 
1092 
1126 
1167 
1202 
1243 
1279 
1321 
1360 
1400 
1442 
1480 
1523 
1561 
1605 
1650 
1687 
1733 
1770 
1816 
1856 
1900 
1941 
1984 
2026 

35 

35K.  • 

36 
36}* 
37 

APPENDIX  107 

SAFETY  YALVES 

421  Method  of  Computing  Table  8.  The  discharge  capacity  of 
a  safety  valve  is  expressed  in  equations  2  and  3  as  the  product  of  C 
and  H.  The  discharge  capacities  are  given  in  Table  8  for  each  valve 
size  at  the  pressures  shown  and  are  calculated  for  various  valve  sizes, 
pressures  and  for  three  different  lifts.  The  discharge  capacities  are 
proportional  to  the  lifts,  so  that  intermediate  values  may  be  obtained. 
from  the  Table  by  interpolation. 

C  =  total  weight  or  volume  of  fuel  of  any  kind  burned  per 
hour  at  time  of  maximum  forcing,  Ib.  or  cu.  ft. 

H  =  the  heat  of  combustion,  B.t.u.  per  Ib.  or  cu.  ft.  of  fuel 
used. 

D  =  diameter  of  valve  seat,  in. 

L  =  vertical  lift  of  valve  disc,  in.,  measured  immediately  after 
the  sudden  lift  due  to  the  pop. 

P  =  absolute  boiler  pressure  or  gage  pressure  plus  14.7  Ib.  per 
sq.  in. 

1100  =  the  number  of  B.t.u.  required  to  change  a  pound  of  feed 
water  at  100  deg.  fahr.  into  a  pound  of  steam. 

The  boiler  efficiency  is  assumed  as  75  per  cent. 
The  coefficient  of  discharge,  in  Xapier's  formula,  is  taken  as  96 
per  cent. 

6  for  valve  with 


1100X3600  ~  70  45-deg.  seat.  (  1  ) 

for  valve  wita  bevel  seat  at  45  deg.  (2) 
for  valve  with  flat  seat  at  90  deg.  (3) 


METHOD  OF  CHECKING  THE  SAFETY  VALVE  CAPACITY  BY  MEASURING 
THE  MAXIMUM  AMOUNT  OF  FUEL  THAT  CAN  BE  BURNED 

422  The  maximum  weight  of  fuel  that  can  be  burned  is  deter- 
mined by  a  test.  The  weight  of  steam  generated  per  hour  is  found 
from  the  formula: 


108  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

W  =  weight  of  steam  generated  per  hour,  Ib. 

C  =  total  weight  of  fuel  burned  per  hour  at  time  of  maxi- 
mum forcing,  Ib. 

H  =  the  heat  of  combustion  of  the  fuel,  B.t.u.  per  Ib.    (see 
Par.  427). 

The  sum  of  the  safety  valve  capacities  marked  on  the  valves  as 
provided  for  in  the  Eules  shall  be  equal  to  or  greater  than  the  maxi- 
mum evaporative  capacity  of  the  boiler. 

Table  8  may  be  used  for  determining  the  number  of  safety  valves 
required  as  illustrated  in  the  following  examples  : 

423  Example  1:   A  boiler  at  the  time  of  maximum  forcing  uses 
2150  Ib.  of  Illinois  coal  per  hour  of  12,100  B.t.u.  per  Ib.    Boiler  pres- 
sure, 2,25  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  gage. 

2150X12,100  =  CH  =  26,015,000 

Table  8  shows  that  two  3%-in.  bevel  seated  valves  with  0.11  in. 
lift,  or  one  3-in.  bevel  seated  valve  with  0.10  in.  lift  and  one  S^-in. 
bevel  seated  valve  with  0.11  in.  lift,  would  discharge  the  steam  gen- 
erated. 

424  Example  2:  "Wood  shavings  of  heat  of  combustion  of  6400 
B.t.u.  per  Ib.  are  burned  under  a  boiler  at  the  maximum  rate  of  2000 
Ib.  per  hour.    Boiler  pressure,  100  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  gage. 


2000X6400  =  Cn  =  12,800,000 

Table  8  shows  that  two  3%-in.  bevel  seated  valves  with  0.11  in.  lift, 
or  one  3-in.  bevel  seated  valve  with  0.08  in.  lift  and  one  4-in.  bevel 
seated  valve  with  0.12  in.  lift,  would  discharge  the  steam  generated. 

425  Example  3:  An  oil-fired  boiler  at  maximum  forcing  uses 
1000  Ib.  of  crude  oil  (Texas)  per  hour.  Boiler  pressure.  275  Ib.  per 
sq.  in.  gage. 

1000X18,500  .=  CTI  =  18,500,000 

Table  8  shows  that  two  3%-in.  bevel  seated  valves  with  0.06  in. 
lift,  or  two  3-in.  flat  seated  valves  with  0.05  in.  lift,  or  two  ,2%-in. 
flat  seated  valves  with  0.06  in.  lift,  would  discharge  the  steam  gen- 
erated. 

42>6  Example  4-  A  boiler  fired  with  natural  gas  consumes  3000 
cu.  ft.  per  hour.  The  working  pressure  is  150  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  gage. 

3000X960  =  CH-=  2,880,000 


APPENDIX 


109 


Table  8  shows  that  two  IJ-in.  bevel  seated  valves  with  0.05  in. 
lift,  or  two  1-in.  flat  seated  valves  with  0.04  in.  lift,  would  discharge 
the  steam  generated. 

*427  For  the  purpose  of  checking  the  safety  valve  capacity  as 
described  in  Par.  422,  the  following  UNIT  values  of  heats  of  com- 
bustion of  various  fuels  in  B.t.u.  may  be  used : 

B.t.u. 
per  lb. 

Semi-bituminous   coal    - 14,500 

Anthracite  13,700 

Screenings   12,500 

Coke   13,500 

Wood,  hard  or  soft,  kiln  dried 7,700 

Wood,  hard  or  soft,  air  dried 6,200 

Shavings —     6,400 

Peat,  air  dried,  25  per  cent  moisture 7,500 

Lignite   10,000 

Kerosene : 20,000 

Petroleum,  crude  oil,  Penn _  20,700 

Petroleum,  crude  oil,  Texas 18,500 

Petroleum,    crude  oil,    California 18,500 

B.t.u. 
per  cu.  ft. 

Natural  gas 960 

Blast  furnace  gas 100 

Producer  gas 150 

Water  gas,  uncarburetted 290 


"Indicates   changes  by   the   Industrial   Accident  Commission   of   the   State   of 
California. 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SUu.~r 


<NrH,-H         CM,-,         r-ir-t         ,_<  ,_, 


ass 

0000 


CO  «D  OS  Ttt  »0  (N  CO  t^  OJ       1>00 


CO  00  CO  •<*  r-t  CO  0  00       t-^ 


i-HiOl>  CO  CO  O  CO  O  b-       «OTt< 


O5  ^  CO  (N  O  00  (N 


00  •*  CD  <N  OJ  1><N     -» 


-CHS 


!>•  CO  iO  C<l  00  CD  i-i     •  -<tf       CO  ^ 


l>  CO  1C  r-i  t-  iO  i-(     -rH 


COOOO500 
iO  <N  -t1  -H 


00  05  <M  CD  Tf*  i-<  (M 


CD  t^-  CM  CO  O  i-l  rH 


<M  CO  (N  C5  CD  i-l  i-H 

•<*  »O       -<ti  CO 


00  CO  CM  1C  <M  i-l  r-t 

CO  Tfl          T}<  CO 


CO  CO  CM  IN  -N  rt  .-( 


CM  CO  i-iiO  r^        <M  CO        CO  C-4 


•^f  CM  CO  rH  'O  Tt<        CM  CO        CO  OJ 


CO  i—  •  (  C^l          COCO          r-H 


COCO         rHCN         (Nr-l 


l  «  llll  I 


3        o» 
*        2  • 

S  !! 

§  -2o 

"3  •«  a 

1  8-1 

S  g-S-S 

&  •!*! 

I  gs| 

4 

i  IP 
1  ih 

I  mi 

m$ 

«  fisS 
i  gil« 

:  B^li 
'  ';-l!i 


rt     '-3    .'3  5*..: 

I  Hill 

!  Im 

mn 

°    •«  S0  a  g 

IIIISJJ 

^ll^l 

^  o-e  SOT  fl-  a 

*l!!g 

yal*y 

iiiiii! 

.ls§5Sl^ 

t  JI112 

^i§rai 
§,  all  s 


APPENDIX 


111 


^HiOCsia>a5fOCOl>-Tt<CMi-iO»-li-l 
CO.-H<N       COCO       Eijg       <NCM 


iOi-HOOt^-'-'COcOCOiNOOi-ii-i 
i-HCM       COCO       r-«N       <N  CS 


COOiOOCOt^cOTf< 

-HrH          COIN  1-H 


CM  i-Hi-H 


.-HCOt~a>-*>O<NI>.-llOCOr-< 


«  I  S 


i-H  1C  t^  CO  CO  O  CM     -t^i-HO-<J( 


-\         rt\         rt\       .Xt\  0\.H\ 

O  IO  CO  CO  T-H  O)  <N     -0       »«•* 


OS  -*  CO  <N  T-H  00  (N     -O 


§£.£«£  8£-5  8*0  °'o'«>o  3 
^SSS^S^^co^wSsa 


•-. 

iC(NOiOO 
CDCO^i-H 


CO  r-t  CO  t^  O  (M  (N 


CO  CO  00  t-H  (N 


(N  10  CO  --H  00  -H  IN 

CO-*       Tt<(N 


^HO^HrHCO 
•*  C^  CO  >-i  1O  • 


<N  CO       IN  (N 


O5O5O5OOiOSOOOC<)t>^rHi-l 
CO  r-H  (N  T-I  Tfi  TjH       (N  CO       CM  CM 


1-1  CM  1-1  -^  CO        I-H  IN        CM  (N 


°  ^  fl 
»«  3  a 


bolting  for  large  sizes. 
h  a  nut  at  each  end  is 
imum  design  of  head 


to  f 

esent  time.  Box  wrench  to  be  used  on 
ded.  1  ^  in.  diameter  and  larger  stud  wi 
conveniently  pulled  up  with  wrenches  of  mi 
led  up  with  socket  wrenches. 
ed  face  to  be  ft  in. 


gures  given  are  for  center  to 

no3t  extenYbe^ond  the  24  in.  size  at  the  pres 
bolts  with  hexagonal  nuts  are  recommende 
nuts  for  pipe  sizes  1  in.  to  16  in.  can  be 
in.  to  48  in.  can  be  conveniently  pull 
tween  inside  edges  of  bolt  holes  and  rai 
e  spot  bored  for  nuts.  > 
f  flanges  given  in  table  includes  raise 


be 
of 


Fi 

sdon 
head 
nal  n 
sizes  18 
ance  bet 
ges  to 


NOTES: 

Late?aFs 
Square  h 
Hexa 

Dist 
Flan 
Thic 


112 


REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 


t-C 


LU 


O 

id 


Qi 
tD 

z 
o 


d 

UJ 

b 

h- 
o 

Ul 


UJ 


X 

o 


CQ 
UJ 
OD 

O 
O 


UJ 


A  i 


—I — 


K-Y-> 


t 

f 

<t 

In 


•1 


UJ 
UJ 


t 

i  V 

S3 

UJ 

1 

y  r 

•  i"  • 

r 

CO 

—  1__  » 

o 

UJ 
UJ 


UJ 


Z 

00 


UJ 


k- Or— 


A 
<C 

4- 

< 

i 

^  . 

1^ 
h 

W 
— 

r1- 

—  t— 

CROSS 

APPENDIX  113 

FUSIBLE  PLUGS 

428  Fusible  plugs,   if  used,   shall  be  filled  with  tin  with  a 
melting  point  between  400  and  500  deg.  Fahr. 

*428<z  Fusible  plugs  may  be  used,  and  if  so  used  and  installed 
after  these  Orders  become  effective,  shall  conform  to  Pars.  429-430 
of  the  A.S.M.E.  Code. 

429  The  least  diameter  of  fusible  metal  shall  be  not  less  than 
J  in.,  except  for  maximum  allowable  working  pressures  of  over 
175  Ib.  per  sq.  in.  or  when  it  is  necessary  to  place  a  fusible  plug  in  a 
tube,  in  which  case  the  least  diameter  of  fusible  metal  shall  be  not 
less  than  f  in. 

430  Each  boiler  may  have  one  or  more  fusible  plugs,  located  as 
follows : 

a  In  Horizontal  Return  Tubular  Boilers — in  the  rear  head, 
not  less  than  2  in.  above  the  upper  row  of  tubes,  the  meas- 
urement to  be  taken  from  the  line  of  the  upper  surface  of 
tubes  to  the  center  of  the  plug,  and  projecting  through 
the  sheet  not  less  than  1  in. 

1)  In  Horizontal  Flue  Boilers — in  the  rear  head,  on  a  line  with 
the  highest  part  of  the  boiler  exposed  to  the  products  of 
combustion,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not  less 
than  1  in. 

c  In  Traction,  Portable,  or  Stationary  Boilers  of  the  Loco- 
motive Type  or  Star  Water  Tube  Boilers — in  the  highest 
part  of  the  crown  sheet,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet 
not  less  than  1  in. 

d  In  Vertical  Fire-tube  Boilers — in  an  outside  tube,  not  less 
than  one-third  the  length  of  the  tube  above  the  lower 
tube  sheet. 

e  In  Vertical  Fire-tube  Boilers,  Corliss  Type — in  a  tube,  not 
less  than  one-third  the  length  of  the  tube  above  the  lower 
tube  sheet. 

/  In  Vertical  Submerged  Tube  Boilers — in  the  upper  tube 
sheet,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not  less  than  1  in. 

g  In  Water-tube  Boilers,  Horizontal  Drums,  Babcock  &  Wil- 
cox  Type — in  the  upper  drum  not  less  than  6  in.  above 
the  bottom  of  the  drum,  over  the  first  pass  of  the  pro- 
ducts of  combustion,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet 
not  less  than  1  in. 

h  In  Stirling  Boilers,  Standard  Type — in  the  front  side  of 
the  middle  drum,  not  less  than  4  in.  above  the  bottom  of 
the  drum,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not  less  than 
1  in. 

"Indicates   changes   by   the   Industrial  Accident   Commission  of  the   State   of 
California. 


114  REPORT  OF  BOILER  CODE  COMMITTEE,  AM.SOC.M.E. 

i  In  Stirling  Boilers,  Superheater  Type — in  the  front  drum, 
not  less  than  6  in.  above  the  bottom  of  the  drum,  exposed 
to  the  products  of  combustion,  and  projecting  through  the 
sheet  not  less  than  1  in. 

j  In  Water-tube  Boilers,  Heine  Type — in  the  front  course  of 
the  drum,  not  less  than  6  in.  above  the  bottom  of  the  drum, 
and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not  less  than  1  in. 

Tc  In  Robb-Mumford  Boilers,  Standard  Type — in  the  bottom 
of  the  steam  and  water  drum,  24  in.  from  the  center  of  the 
rear  neck,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not  less  than 
1  in. 

I  In  Water-tube  Boilers,  Almy  Type — in  a  tube  or  fitting  ex- 
posed to  the  products  of  combustion. 

m  In  Vertical  Boilers,  Climax  or  Hazelton  Type — in  a  tube  or 
center  drum  not  less  than  one-half  the  height  of  the  shell, 
measuring  from  the  lowest  circumferential  seam. 

n  In  Cahall  Vertical  Water-tube  Boilers — in  the  inner  sheet 
of  the  top  drum,  not  less  than  6  in.  above  the  upper  tube 
sheet,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not  less  than  1  in. 

o  In  Wickes  Vertical  Water-tube  Boilers — in  the  shell  of  the 
top  drum  and  not  less  than  6  in.  above  the  upper  tube 
sheet,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not  less  than  1  in. ; 
so  located  as  to  be  at  the  front  of  the  boiler  and  exposed  to 
the  first  pass  of  tlis  products  of  combustion. 

p  In  Scotch  Marine  Type  Boilers — in  the  combustion  chamber 
top,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not  less  than  1  in. 

q  In  Dry  Back  Scotch  Type  Boilers — in  the  rear  head,  not  less 
than  2  in.  above  the  upper  row  of  tubes,  and  projecting 
through  the  sheet  not  less  than  1  in. 

r  In  Economic  Type  Boilers — in  the  rear  head,  above  the  upper 
row  of  tubes. 

5  In  Cast-Iron  (Sectional  Heating  Boilers — in  a  section  over 
and  in  direct  contact  with  the  products  of  combustion  in 
the  primary  combustion  chamber. 

t  In  Water-tube  Boilers,  Worthington  Type — in  the  front  side 
of  the  steam  and  water  drum,  not  less  than  4  in.  above  the 
bottom  of  the  drum,  and  projecting  through  the  sheet  not 
less  than  1  in. 

u  For  other  types  and  new  designs,  fusible  plugs  shall  be  placed 
at  the  lowest  permissible  water  level,  in  the  direct  path 
of  the  products  of  combustion,  as  near  the  primary  eom- 
bustion  chamber  as  possible. 


INDEX 


TO 

RULES  FOR  THE 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  STATIONARY  BOILERS 

AND  FOR  ALLOWABLE  WORKING 

PRESSURES 


INDEX  TO  COMPLETE  RULES 117 

INDEX  TO  RULES  FOR  NEW  INSTALLATIONS  OF  POWER  BOILERS.  .  131 

INDEX  TO  RULES  FOR  NEW  INSTALLATIONS  OF  HEATING  BOILERS  141 

INDEX  TO  RULES  FOR  EXISTING  INSTALLATIONS 145 


115 


INDEX  TO  COMPLETE  RULES 


A  PAGE  PAR. 

Access   and  firing  doors,   power  boilers 79  327—328 

Access   and  firing   doors,    heating  boilers 86  370 

Adamson  furnace 62  242 

Additional  safety  valves,  existing  installations 92  393 

Adjustment  of  safety  valves  for  blow  down 74  281 

Age  limit  for  lap  seam  boilers 89  380 

Allowable  load  on  stay-bolts,   table    of 104  418-419 

loads  on  circular  braces    105  419 

loads   on   stays,    table    of 105  419 

stress  on  stays    52  209 

stress  011  stays  and  stay-bolts 54  220 

working  pressure,    heating  boilers    81  338-340 

working  pressure,    existing   installations    89  378-384 

working  pressure,   existing  installations,   heating  boilers 90  383 

working    pressure,    power   boilers 43  179-180 

Altitude  gages    85  362 

Angles  on  h.r.t.  boiler  heads,   36   in.   or  less  diameter 56  225-229 

Area,  grate  surface,  table  to  determine  size  of  safety  valves 84  356 

segment,   formula  for    54  217 

segments  of  heads  to  be  stayed 53  214 

segments,    table    of    106 

to  be  stayed  in  heads 53  214-217 

to  be  stayed  in  heads  having  manhole 54  218 

Automatic   shut-off    valves    75  292 

non-return  stop  valves   76  303 

B 

Back  pitch  of  riveted  joints 44  182 

Bars,  steel  for  boiler  parts 7  6 

steel,   specifications  for    19  64—  76 

refined   iron,    specifications   for 37  151-163 

Beading  of   tube  ends 64  250 

Blow  down   for  safety  valves 74  281 

Blow-off  cock,   power  boilers    77  309-311 

existing    installations    93  401-403 

heating  boilers 86  364 

piping,  new  installations    76  307-313 

piping,    existing    installations 93-94  401-405 

piping,    heating    boilers 86  364 

pipe    and   fittings    77  311 

Bx>iler  builder's  stamps,  location  of 80  333 

builder's  stamps,  not  to  be  covered 80  334 

bushing,   for  feed  pipe  connection 77  315 

plate  steel,   specifications  for 11  23-  39 

to  be  stamped  A.S.M.E.  std 79  332 

wet  bottom,   distance  from  floor  line 79  326 

wet  bottom,  distance  from  floor  line    (heating  boilers) 86  369 

Braced  and   stayed  surfaces    49  199-233 

Braced   and  stayed  surfaces    104  418 

117 


118 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULE'S 


PAGE  PAR. 

Braces,  diameter  of  pins,  area  of  rivets  in  and  design  of  crowfeet  for.  ...  55  223 

made   of  Kteel  plate    7  5 

made   of   steel  plate    (guasets) 56  224 

spacing  between    51  203 

steel  bars  for    7  6 

when  welded    7  4 

Brackets,  to  support  h.r.t.  boilers 79  325 

Brown   furnaces    63  243-244 

B.t.u.    of   various    fuels 109  427 

Butt  and  double-strap  joint 

double  riveted    97  413 

triple    riveted    98  414 

quadruple    riveted     99  415 

quintuple   riveted    . 101  416 

Butt  straps,  tables  of  minimum  thicknesses  of 9  19 

straps,  to  be  rolled  or  formed 45  191 

Straps,  of  equal  width 103  417 

straps,  saw  tooth 103  417 

0 

Calking     65  257 

Capacity  of  safety  valves 

examples  of  checking    108  423-426 

method   of   checking    107  422-427 

method  of   checking    (existing  installations) 91  391—392 

Cast  iron   (See  gray  iron  castings  or  malleable  castings) 

for  headers    64  246 

used  with  superheated  steam 8  12 

boiler,    hydrostatic   pressure   test   of 87  372 

boiler,   maximum  pressure  allowed  on 87  374 

boiler,   section  to  be  tested    87  372 

headers,  maximum  pressure  allowed  on,  existing  installations 90  382 

headers,  maximum  pressure  allowed  on,  power  boilers 64  245-247 

headers,  tested  to  destruction 64  247 

Cast  steel   (See  steel) 

Castings,  specifications  for  gray  iron 26  95—110 

specifications  for  malleable  iron 29  111—1-0 

specifications    for    steel    , .    22  77-  94 

Channel   irons  for   flat  heads 50  201 

Check  valve   on   feed-pipe    77  317 

Check  valve   on  feed-pipe,  existing  installations 93  406 

Chocking  safety  valve  capacity,   method  of 107  422-427 

Checking  safety  valve  capacity,  method  of,   existing  installations 91-92  391-392 

Circular  furnaces    and  flues 61  239-241 

Circular  manhole  opening 65  258 

Circumferential    joints    44  184-185 

Cleanout  door  in  setting    79  327 

Cock   (See  valves,  gage  cocks,  blow-off  cocks) 

Combined  area  of   safety  valves 74  280 

Combustion  chamber,  materials  to  be  used  in 7  2 

Combustion   chamber,    sling   stays 60  235-236 

Combustion  chamber,   tube   sheets  of 59  234 

Cones,   truncated,    maximum  allowable   working  pressure   on 58  231 

Connections,    flanged 82  346 

safety    valve     73  277-278 

steam   gages 75  296 

water    column    78  320-321 

Contraction    of   steam   mains,    provision   for 76  305 

Convex  and  concave  heads    49  195 

Corrugated    furnaces    63  243 

Covers,  manhole  and  handhole    .  7  5 


INDEX   TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


119 


PAGE  PAB. 

Covers,  manhole,  material   67  262 

Cross  boxes,  material  of 8  9 

Cross  pipes  connecting  steam  and  water  drums,   material  of 8  9 

Crown   bars    and   girder    stays 58  230 

Crushing   strength   of   steel   plate 8  15 

Crushing  strength  of  steel  plate,  existing  installations 90  387 

Crushing   strength,    applied   to   joints 95  410 

Curved  surfaces  to  be  stayed 58  230 

D 

Damper  regulator,   connected  to  steam  space 86  365 

Damper  regulator,  connected  to  water  column 75  295 

Damper  regulator,  connected  to  water  column,  existing  installations 92  397 

Diagonal   braces 54  221 

stays,    stresses   in    54  221-222 

tube  holes  in  shell  or  drum 47  193 

Dial  of  steam  gage    75  297 

Diameter   of   fusible    metal  in  fusible  plug 113  429 

Diameter   of   rivet   holes,    old  boilers 91  388 

Direct  spring-loaded,  safety  valve,  construction  of 69  272 

Discharge  capacity  of  safety  valves 68  270-274 

Discharge  pipe  from  safety  valves 73  278—279 

Dished    heads     49  195-198 

Dished    heads,    corner    radius    of 49  197 

Dished  heads,  with  manhole  opening 49  195 

Pomes     48  194 

Door,  access  and  firing,  minimum  size  of. 79  327-328 

Door,  access  and  firing,  minimum  size  of,  heating  boilers 86  370 

Door,   frame  rings,    material   of 8  13 

Door  latches    79  328 

Doubling    plates     50  199 

Down-draft  boilers,   safety  valves   for 85  359 

Drains  from   stop  valves 76  303-304 

from  stop  valves,    existing  installations .  93  400 

from   superheater    76  306 

Drilling   rivet   holes    65  253-254 

Drilling  tube  holes    64  248-249 

Drum  or  shell,  longitudinal  joints  of   (See  joints) 45  187 

Drum,  material  of 7 

E 

Edge  of  plate  to  center  of  rivet 44  183 

Edges  of  plates  for  calking 65  257 

Edges  of  tube  holes  to  be  removed 64  249 

Efficiency    of   ligament,    between   tube    holes 46  192 

of  ligament,  between  diagonal  tube  holes 47  193 

of  riveted  joints    44  181 

of    riveted    joints,    to    calculate 95-103  410-417 

Elbow   on   escape    pipe,    from   safety    valve 73 

Elliptical   manhole,    size    of    65 

End  of  feed  pipe,  to  be  open 77  314 

Ends  of  stay-bolts,  to  be  riveted  over 50  200 

of  stays  below  tubes 53  216 

of  tubes,   fire-tube   boilers 64  250 

of  tubes,   water-tube  boilers,    and  superheaters .  64  251-252 

Equalizer,    to   support  h.r.t.    boilers 78 

Escape   pipe,    from   safety  valve 

Escape  pipe,  from  safety  valve,  existing  installations 92 

Escape  pipe,  from  safety  valve,  heating  boilers 83 

Examples   of   checking   safety  valve    capacities 108  423-426 

Existing   installations    89~94  378-409 


120 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    KULES 


PACK  PAB. 

Existing    installations,    steam    heating    boilers 90  383 

Expansion   of   steam  mains,   provisions   for 76  305 

Extra  heavy  fittings  on  blow-off 77  310—811 

Extra   thick   tube,    for   fusible   plug 113  429 

F 

Factors  of  safety 

for   domes   when    single    riveted 48  194 

existing  boilers    89  379 

new    installations     43  180 

second  hand  boilers    90  381 

steel  heating  boilers    , 81  340 

Feed  pipe,   ends  to  be  open 77  314 

Feed  pipe,  fittings  and  valves  on 77  C17 

Feed  piping,   power  boilers    77  314-318 

piping,  existing  installations    94  406 

water   discharge    77  315 

water,    discharge    clear    of   joints 77  316 

water  regulator,    connection  to 75  295 

water   supply   apparatus    78  C18 

Fire-box  steel,   for  shells,   drums 7  2 

box    steel,    specifications    for 11  23-  39 

brick   casing,    for   blow-off    pipe 77  312 

tube   boiler,    manhole    in 67  264 

tube  boiler,  thicknesses   of  tubes  cf 10  22 

Firing  doors 79  327-328 

Fittings    and   appliances,    existing   installations 92  D95-407 

Fittings   and    appliances,    heating  boilers 66  364-368 

Fittings  and  appliances,    power  boilers 76  299-322 

Flange  fittings,   tables  of  sizes  of 110-111 

of  manhole  opening    54  218 

Bteel,   for  heating  boilers 81  337 

steel,   for   shells,    drums    7  3 

Bteel  specifications  for    11  23-  39 

Flanged  connections,    heating  boilers 82  346 

Flanged  construction  for  water  leg  and  door  frame  rings 8  13 

Flanges,    cast  iron,  thickness  of 76  299 

Flanges,   reinforcing,   thickness  and  material  of 68  268 

Flaring  of  tube  ends 64  251 

Flat  surfaces,  to  be  stayed 49  199 

Flat  surfaces,  to  be  stayed  between  tubes  and  between  tubes  and  shell.  ...  53  216 

Flues,   circular,   pressure   allowed  on 61  241 

Fox    furnaces     63  243-244 

Fuels,   heats   of   combustion    of 3  09  427 

Furnace  sheets,   stamps  to  be  visible  on 79  331 

Furnaces : 

Adamson  type    62  242 

Brown    63  243 

circular    flues    61  241 

corrugated      63  243 

Fox 63  243 

internal    cylindrical,    staying    of 52  212 

Leeds    suspension    bulb    63  243 

material   of    7  2 

Morison      63  243 

plain    circular 61  239-240 

Purves    63  243 

thickness   of  corrugated   or   ribbed    64  244 

vertical    boilers    60  237-238 

Fusible    plugs 113  428-430 

Fusible  plugs,    location   of    113  430 


INDEX   TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


121 


G  PAGE          PAB. 

Gage,   altitude    85  362 

cocks,    existing    installations 93  396 

cocks,    heating   boilers    86  367 

cocks,    power   boilers    75  294 

inspector's,    connection    for    75  298 

steam  and  connections,  existing  installations 93  398 

steam  and  connections,   heating  boilers 85  361 

steam  end  connections,   power  boilers 75  296 

steam,    dial    of    75  297 

water,    glass,   existing   installations 92-93  395-396 

water,    glass,    heating    boilers 86  366 

water,   glass,   power   boilers 75  291-295 

Gas  fired  boilers,   safety  valves  for 85  360 

Girder  stays  and  crown  bars 58  230 

Globe  valve,  not  to  be  used  on  blow-off , 77  308 

Globe  valve  on  feed  pipe 77  314 

Grate  surface,  table  of,  for  safety  valves 84  358 

Gray   iron   castings,    specifications  for 26        95-110 

Gusset  stays,   stresses  in 54  221-224 

H 

Handhole    covers,    material ......' 7          5 

Handholes,   in  h.r.t.  boilers 67  264 

in    locomotive    type    boiler 67  265 

in   vertical   fire   engine   boilers 67  267 

in  vertical  fire  tube  boilers 67  266 

Headers,  cast  iron,  existing  installations 90  382 

cast  iron,   new  boilers 64  245 

cast  iron,  pressure   allowed  on 64  245-247 

and  pressure  parts,   material  of 8          9 

Heads,    angles   for   staying  upper   segments 56  225-229 

area  of   segments  to  be   stayed 53  213-214 

217 

area  of  segments  to  be  stayed,  table  for 106  420 

convex   end    concave     49  195-198 

segments   of,    area  to  be  stayed 53  213-214 

217 

Stamps  to  be  visible 79  331 

stiffeners    for     50  201 

Heating  boilers 81 

Heating    boilers,     existing     installations 90  383-384 

Heating  boilers,  to  which  the  rules  of  power  boilers  shall  apply 81  335 

Heat   of   combustion    of   various   fuels 109  427 

Holes  for  rivets    ' 65  254 

for   screw  stays    52  210 

for  wash-out,    heating  boilers 

for   wash-out,    power  boilers 67  265-267 

Horizontal  return  tubular  boilers: 

location    of    feed-water    discharge 77  315 

longitudinal  joints,  to  be  above  fire  line 45  189 

manhole  below   tubes    67  264 

maximum  length   of    joint 45  190 

method   of    supporting    78  323-324 

staying  heads  of,   36   in  or  less 56  225 

water  column  connections    78  320 

Hot    water    boilers    8i  335-377 

Hydrostatic  pressure  test 

of  cast   iron  headers    64  247 

heating   boilers    87  372-374 

old  boilers    94  408-409 

power   boilers    79  329-330 

on  sections  of  cast  iron  boiler 87  372 


122 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


I  PAGE          PAR. 

Inspection  at  shop,  heating  boilers 87  375 

Inspector's    test    gage    connection 75  298 

Inspirator  or  injector,  used  to  feed  boiler 78  318 

Insulating  material,   not  to  cover  boiler  stamps 80  334 

Internal  pipe,    in   steam   space 75  290 

Iron,    cast    (See   cast  iron) 

for  stay  bolts,   specifications  for 34  139-150 

rivets,    specifications    for    31  121-138 

rivets,    shearing   strength   of 8        16 

wrought,    stays   and    stay    bolts 7          7 

-wrought,   stays  and  stay  bolts,    specifications 34  139-150 

wrought,   tensile   strength,   existing  installations 90  385 

•wrought,  water  leg  and  door  frame  rings 8        13 

J 

Joints,    back  pitch    44  182 

Joints,  butt  and  double  strap,  double  riveted,   example  of 97  413 

butt  and  double  strap,  triple  riveted,  example  of 98  414 

butt  and  double  strap,  quadruple  riveted,  example  of 99  415 

butt  and  double  strap,  quintuple  riveted,  example  of 101  416 

butt  and  double  strap,  required  on  shell  or  drum  over  36  in.  diameter  45  187 

calking   of    65  257 

circumferential     44  184-185 

of  domes    48  198 

efficiency    of     44  181 

efficiency  of,    detailed  methods  of  calculation 95  410 

existing  boilers    89  380 

heating   boilers    82  341-344 

lap,  double  riveted,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  example  of 96  412 

lap    crack    90  384 

lap  riveted,  allowed  on  shell  or  drum  not  over  36  in.  diameter 45  188 

lap  riveted,  allowed  on  domes 48  194 

lap  single  riveted,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  example  of 96  411 

longitudinal    45  187-191 

longitudinal  lap  joints  on  heating  boilers 82  341 

longitudinal,   location  of  rivet  holes  on 44  183 

longitudinal  of  furnace  v.t.  boiler  to  be  staybolted 60  238 

longitudinal  of  h.r.t.  boiler  to  be  above  the  fire  line 45  189 

longitudinal  of  h.r.t.  boiler  to  be  above  the  fire  line,  heating  boilers.  .  86  371 

longitudinal,   maximum  length  of    45  190 

longitudinal,   maximum  length   of,   heating  boilers 82  342 

power   boilers    44  181-191 

protection  of    82  344 

welded    45  186 

L 

Lamphrey  fronts,  valves  on    78  319 

Lamphrey   fronts,    valves   on,    existing   installations 94  407 

Lap  joint   crack 90  384 

Lap  joints: 

length   of,   heating  boilers 82  342 

length  of,  power  boilers 45  190 

longitudinal   or  circumferential,   single  riveted    96  411 

longitudinal  or  circumferential,  double  riveted 96  412 

longitudinal  domes    48  194 

longitudinal   hot   water   boilers 82  343 

longitudinal    lap    crack     90  384 

longitudinal,  steam  heating  boilers 82  341 

Lap  welded  tubes,    specifications  for 40  164-178 

Latches,   door    79  328 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


123 


PAGE  PAK. 

Laying  out  shell  plates,    furnace   sheets   and  heads 79  331 

Leeds  suspension  bulb  furnaces 63  243 

Length  of  stays  between  supports 54  220 

Ligament  between  tube  holes,  efficiency  of 46  192-193 

Load   allowed  on   stay-bolts 54  220 

Location  of  A.S.M.E.  stamp 80  333 

of   domes    48  194 

of   fusible   plugs    113  430 

Locomotive  type  boiler,  water  leg  and  door  frame  rings 8  13 

Longitudinal    joints     45  187—191 

steam   heating   boilers    ' .  .  .  .  82  341 

hot  water  boilers    82  343 

lap    crack     90  384 

on    domes     48  194 

of  h.r.t.  boilers  to  be  above  fire  line,  heating  boilers 86  371 

of  h.r.t.  boilers  to  be  above  fire  line,  power  boilers 45  189 

Low  pressure    steam  boiler 81  335-377 

Lugs,   made  of  steel  plate 7  5 

Lugs,  to  support  h.r.t.  boilers 78  323—325 

M 

Main  steam  pipe,  stop  valve  on 76  301-304 

Malleable    castings,    specifications   for 29  111-120 

Manholes 65  258-264 

below  tubes,  h.r.t.  boiler 67  264 

below  tubes,   h.r.t.  boiler,    staying  of 54  218 

covers,    material    of    67  262 

covers,    when    plate   steel 7  5 

in  a   dished  head    49  198 

frame,    riveting    of    65  260 

frame,    proportions   of    66  261 

gaskets,  bearing  surface  of 67  263 

in  any  fire  tube  boiler,  over  40  in.  diameter 67  264 

in  dome  heads 67  264 

openings,    minimum  sizes   of „ 65  258 

plates,    material    of     < 67  262 

reinforcement,    material    of    65  259 

reinforcement,  on  boiler  48  in.  diameter  or  over 65  260 

Manufacture    (See  specifications) 

Manufacturer's    name,    heating  boilers 87  377 

Manufacturer's    stamp    79  332 

Manufacturer's  stamp  not   to  be   covered 80  334 

Materials,    selection   of    7  1-13 

Materials,    selection  of,   for  heating  boilers 81  335-337 

Maximum   allowable  working  pressure 

braced  and  stayed  surfaces 49  199 

existing   boilers    89  378-384 

heating   boilers    81  338-340 

shells    of   power   boilers 43  179-180 

Methods   of   support    78  323-325 

Morison   furnaces    63  243-244 

Mud   drums,    maximum   allowable   working   pressure 90  382 

Mud   drums,    material   of 8  10 

Muffler   on  safety   valves 73  279 

N 

Name,  manufacturers,  on  heating  boilers 87  377 

Non-return    stop    valves,    automatic 76  303 

Nozzles,   material  of    8  12 

Nozzles,    and    fittings    76  299 

Number   of    gage    cocks 75  294 

Numbers,    serial    79  332 


124  INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULES 

PAGE  PAR. 

OG   flanged   construction    8  13 

Oil-fired  boilers,    safety  valves  for 85  360 

Openings,    flanged    connections,    heating   boilers 82  346 

Openings,   threaded  to  be  reinforced 68  268 

Outside  screw  and  yoke  valves,    on  steam  pipe 76  301 

Outside  screw  and  yoke  valves,  on  water  column 75  293 

P 

Pins  in  braces,  diameter  of 55  223 

Pipes,  bottom  blow-off  and  fittings,   existing  installations 93-94  401-405 

bottom  blow-off  and  fittings,  heating  boilers 86  364 

bottom  blow-off  and  fittings,  power  boilers 77  308 

feed    and    fittings    77  314-317 

in  steam  space    75  290 

main  steam,  valves  on 76  301 

or  nipple,   number  of  threads  into  fitting 76  300 

or  nipple,  number  of  threads  into  fitting,  table 68  268 

surface  blow-off  and  fittings 76  307 

threads,  minimum  number  of    68  268 

water  column,   and  fittings 78  320 

Piping,    feed    77  314-318 

Pitch  of  rivets    44  182 

of   rivets    95  410 

of    stay-bolts    50  199 

of  stay-bolts,    table    51  203 

of    stay  tubes    59  233 

Planing  edges  of  plates 65  257 

Plate,    steel,    specifications    for 11  23-  39 

Plates,  thickness,   in  shell  or  dome  after  flanging 9  18 

minimum  thickness  of   in  a  boiler 9  17-  20 

minimum  thickness  of  stayed  flat  surface 49  199 

Plugs,    fusible 113  428-430 

Power  boilers    7-80  1-334 

Power  boiler  requirements  for  certain  heating  boilers 81  335 

Pressure,    allowed  on   cast   iron  boilers 81  338 

allowed  on  shell  or   drum,   formula  for  existing  installations ^     89  378 

allowed  on  shell  or  drum,  formula  for,  power  boilers 43  180 

maximum  allowable  working,  on  flat  surfaces,  power  boilers. 49  199 

maximum  allowable  working,   old  boilers 89  378-384 

maximum  allowable  working,   old  boilers  steam  heating 90  383 

maximum  allowable  working,   heating  boilers 81  338-340 

maximum  allowable  working,   on  shells,  power  boilers 43  179-180 

parts  over  2  in.,  material  of 8  9 

parts  of  superheaters,   material  of 8  11 

Protection    of    joints     82  344 

Pump,  to  supply  feed  water 78  318 

Purves  furnaces    63  243 

R 

Regulators,   damper    86  365 

Reinforced  threaded  openings  in  shell,  heads  of  drums 68  268 

Relief  valves  for  hot  water  boilers 83  349-350 

Reservoirs,    on   steam  mains 76  305 

Rings,  waterleg  and  door  frame,   material  of 8  13 

Rivet  holes,    finish   and  removal  of  burrs 65  253-254 

iron,   specifications  for    31  121-138 

steel,  specifications  for 15  40-  62 

Riveted  joints    (See  joints) 

Riveting     65  253-256 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


125 


Rivets                                                                                                                                                                                        PACE  PAE. 

allowable   shearing  strength  of 8  16 

allowable    shearing   strength  of,    existing  installations 90  386 

existing  boilers,   diameter  of 90  388 

in   braces,    area   of 55  223 

in  shear   on  lugs  or  brackets 79  325 

in   shear   on   manhole   frames 65  260 

length  of  and  heads  for 65  255 

machine  driven. 65  256 

material    of    8  8 

to  completely  fill  rivet  holes 65  255 

Rolling,  ends  of  shell  plates 45  191 

O 

Safety,    factor  of 

for    existing   boilers    89  379 

for   existing   lap   joint   boilers 89  380 

for  power  boilers    43  180 

for    steel   heating  boilers 81  340 

Safety    valves 

additional   on    existing    installations 92  393 

blow-down    adjustment    74  281 

capacity,    method   of  checking 107  422-427 

connections,    existing  boilers    92  394 

connections,    heating   boilers    83  347 

connections,  power  boilers    73-74  276—278 

280 
289-290 

construction    74  282-287 

construction,    heating   boilers    84  356-358 

discharge    capacity,    existing  boilers 91-92  391-392 

discharge    capacity,    power   boilers 68  270-274 

discharge    capacity,    table    of 70-72 

escape    pipe    for 73  278 

escape  pipe   for,   existing  installations 92  394 

escape  pipe  for,  heating  boilers 83  355 

for   down    draft   boilers 85  359 

for   existing   installations    91  389-394 

for  heating  boilers    83  347-360 

for  oil  and  gas  fired  boilers 85  360 

formula  for    107  421 

formula  for  heating  boilers 8^-84  351—358 

method    of    computing    and    checking 107  421-427 

method  of  computing  and  checking,  existing  installations 91-92  391-392 

muffler   on    73  279 

muffler    on.    existing    installations 92  394 

power    boilers     68  269—290 

required   on  boiler    68  269 

required  on  boiler,   existing  installations 91  390 

required    on   heating   boilers 83  348 

seats  of    69  272 

seats  of  heating  boilers 84  357 

setting  of 68  271-281 

setting   of,    existing  installations 91  390 

setting  of,   existing  installations,  heating  boilers 83  348 

size   limits,    heating  boilers 83  351 

size   limits,    power   boilers 69  272 

stamping  of 69  273 

stamping  of,  heating  boilers 84  357 

superheater 74  288-289 

taft-e  of,   for  heating  boilers 84  356 

test   of    73  275 

testing   of   existing   installations 91-92  391 


126 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


PAGE          PAB. 

Saw-tooth  type  of  butt  and  double  strap  joint 103  417 

Screwed  stays,   supporting  of 54.  219 

Seamless    tubes,    specifications    for 40  164-178 

Seats  of  safety  valves    69  272 

Second   hand   boilers 90  331 

Sections  of  cast  iron,  to  be  tested 87  372 

Segment,    area  to  be   stayed 53  214-217 

of  head,   to  be  stayed 53  213 

method  of  determining  net  areas,  water  tube  boilers 53  215 

Segments,   table   of    ' 106  420 

Selection  of  material    7          1-13 

Serial  number 79  333 

Setting   of    safety    valves 68  271 

of  safety  valves,   existing  installations 91  390 

of  safety  valves,  existing  installations,  heating  boilers 83  348 

Setting,   method  of,   wet  bottom  heating  boilers 86  369 

Setting,   method  of,    wet  bottom  power  boilers 79  326 

Settings,    heating  boilers 86  369-371 

Settings,   power    boilers    78  323-328 

Shearing  strength  of  rivets 8        16 

Shearing  strength  of  rivets,  existing  installations 90  386 

Shell  or  drum,    longitudinal  joints   of 45  187-190 

or  drum,  to  determine  alowable  pressure  on,  new  boilers 43  180 

or  drum,  to  determine  allowable  pressure  on,  existing  boilers 89  378 

plate,    thickness   of    9        17—  20 

Shut-off  valves  on  water  column  pipes 75  293 

Shop  inspection  of  heating  boilers 87  375 

Sizes  of  flanged  fittings,  tables 110-111 

Sling    stays    60  235-236 

Specifications    for    gray    iron    castings 26        95-110 

lap  welded   and  seamless  boiler  tubes 40  164-178 

material,   heating  boilers    81  336 

malleable  castings    29  111-120 

plate   steel    11        23-  39 

refined  wrought  iron  bars 37  151-153 

rivet    iron    31  121-138 

rivet    steel    15        40-  62 

stay  bolt   iron    34  139-150 

stay  bolt  steel   19        63 

steel  bars 19        64-  76 

steel  castings    22        77-  94 

Stamping  boilers  A.S.M.E.  std 79  332 

Stamps,  A.S.M.E.  std.,  location  of 80  333 

Stamps,  not  to  be  covered  by  insulation 80  334 

Stamps,  to  be  visible  on  shell  plates,  furnaces  sheets  and  heads 79  331 

Stay  bolted  surface,  to  compute  allowable  pressure  on 49  199 

Stay  bolts 

adjacent  to  edges  of  stay-bolted  surface 51  205 

adjacent  to  furnace  door  or  other  opening 52  206 

adjacent  to  furnace  joint,  v.t.  boiler 60  238 

diameter    of,    how   measured 52  208 

ends    of    50  200—202 

211 

holes  for    52  210 

iron,  specifications  for    34  139-150 

material    of    '. 7          7 

maximum  allowable  stress  on 54  220 

pitch   of    49  199-204 

steel,    specifications    for    19        63 

tables  of  allowable  load  on » 104  418-419 

Staved  and  braced   surfaces    49  199-233 

Stayed    flat    surface     49  199 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


127 


PAGE  PAR. 

Staying  heads    55  222 

heads  h.r.t.  boiler  36  in.  or  less  diameter 56  225-229 

dished  heads    49  196 

furnaces 52  212 

segments   of  heads 53  213 

segments  of  heads  with  manhole  opening 54  218 

Stay-rods,  ends  riveted  over,  to  be  supported 54  219 

Stay-tubes     58  232-233 

Stays,  crown  bars  and  girders 58  230 

cross  sectional  area  in  calculating 52  209 

diagonal   and   gusset,   stresses    in 54  221—222 

224 

maximum    allowable    stress    54  220 

Sling 60  235-236 

tables  of  allowable  load  on 104  418-419 

screwed,    supporting   of    54  219 

upset  for  threading    52  211 

and  stay-bolts, allowable  stress  on 54  220 

and  stay-bolts,  table  of  allowable  stress  on 104  418—419 

Steam  gage  and  connections,   existing  installations 93  398— 398a 

gage  and  connections,   heating  boilers 85  361 

gage  and  connections,  power  boilers. 75  296—298 

heating  boilers,   existing  installations 90  383-384 

mains    76  305 

mains,    reservoirs   on.    76  305 

outlets ".....  76  301 

outlets,   existing  installations    93  399 

Steel  bars,   for  boiler  parts 7  6 

castings,   specifications  for    22  77-  94 

crushing    strength   of   plate 8  15 

for  rivets,    specifications   for 15  40—  62 

for  stay-bolts,    specifications  for 19  63 

plates  exposed  to  fire    7  2 

plates  when  firebox  quality  not  specified 7  3 

plates,    shearing   strength   of 8  16 

stays  and  stay-bolts    49  199-212 

tensile    strength    of,    existing    installations 90  385 

wrought  or  cast,  for  boiler  and  superheater  parts 8  11 

plate,    crushing  strength  of    8  15 

plate,   heating  boilers    81  335-340 

plate,    specifications   for    11  23-  39 

plate,  tensile  strength  of 8  14 

Stop   valves    (See    valves) 

Straps,    butt,    of    equal   width 103  417 

Straps,    butt,    saw-tooth    103  417 

Superheater  drains    76  306 

safety  valve  on 74  288-289 

tubes  and  nipples    64  251-252 

Superheaters   and  mountings,    material   for ; 8  11-  12 

Support,    methods   of,    for  boilers 78  323-326 

Support   of  stays,   ends   riveted  over 54  219 

Surface   blow-off    76  307 

Suspended  type  of  setting  h.r.t.  boilers 78  324 

T 

Table  of  angles  for  staying  heads 56  225 

constants   for  pitch   of    stay    tubes 59  233 

discharge  capacities  of  spring-loaded  safety  valves 69—70 

71-72 

flange    fittings,    standard    110 

flange  fittings,   extra  heavy    Ill 


128 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


PAGE          PAR. 

Table  of  maximum  allowable  pitch  of  stay-bolts,   ends  riveted 51  204 

maximum   allowable  stresses  for  stays   and  stay-bolts 54  220 

minimum  pipe  threads  for  boiler  connections 68  268 

net  areas   of   segments 106  420 

round  braces  or  stay  rods  allowable  loads 105  419 

sizes  of  safety  valves,   heating  boilers 84  358 

sizes    of    rivets,    existing   boilers 90  388 

stay-bolts,  allowable  loads,   12  threads  per  inch 104  418 

stay-bolts,  allowable  loads,   10  threads  per  inch 105  413 

thickness   of  butt    straps 9        19 

Tensile  strength  of  steel  or  wrought  iron,  existing  installations 90  385 

Tensile   strength   of  steel  plate 8        14 

Test,  hydrostatic,   of  existing  installations 94  408-409 

hydrostatic,    of   heating   boilers 87  372-375 

hydrostatic,    of    power  boilers 79  329-330 

of  safety  valve,  existing  installations 91—92  391 

•of  safety  valve,   power  boilers 73  275 

of  steam  gage    75  298 

gage,    connection   for    75  298 

Thermometers  on  hot  water  boilers 86  363 

Thickness  of  corrugated  or  ribbed  furnace 64  244 

required  for  boiler  plates 9        17 

required  for  butt   straps    9        19 

required  for  dome  plates  after  flanging 9        18 

required  for   shell  plates 9        18 

required  for  tube   sheets 9        20 

required  for   tubes    10        21-  22 

Threaded  openings    68  268 

Threads,  pipe  or  nipple  into  fitting 76  300 

Threads,    table     68  268 

Tin,   for   fusible  plugs 113  428 

Truncated  cones,  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on 58  231 

Tube  ends,  fire  tube  boiler 64  250 

ends,   warfer  tube  boilers  and  superheaters 64  252 

for  fusible  plug    113  429 

heads,  upper,   staying  segments  of  by  steel  angles 56  225-229 

heads,   of   water  tube   boilers 53  215 

holes  and  ends    64  248-252 

holes,  diagonal,  in  shell  \>r  drum 47  193 

holes  in  shell   or   drum 46  192 

holes,    sharp  edges  to  be  removed 64  249 

sheets  of  combustion  chambers 59  234 

sheets,   minimum  thickness   of 9        20 

sheets,  space  allowed  unstayed  between  tubes  and  between  tubes  and  shell  53  216 

Tubes  for  fire-tube  boilers,  thicknesses  of 10        22 

for  water-tube  boilers,   thicknesses  of 10        21 

lapwelded   and  seamless,   specifications   for 40  164-178 

required    thickness    10        21-  22 

stay     58  232-233 

V 

Valves,   automatic,  on  water  glass 75  292 

automatic  non-return  stop 76  303 

extra  heavy,   on  bottom  blow-off 77  311 

extra  heavy,   on  main  steam  pipe 76  302 

globe,   not  to  be  used   on  blow-off 77  308 

globe,   on   feed   pipe 77  314 

on  bottom  blow-off    77  308-311 

on  bottom  blow-off,  existing  installations 93  401-403 

on   every   steam  outlet 76  301 

on  feed  pipe    77  317 

on  feed  pipe,  existing  installations 94   406-4066 


INDEX    TO    COMPLETE    RULES 


129 


PAGB  PAR. 

Valves,  on  Lamphrey  fronts 78  319 

on  Lamphrey  fronts,   existing   installations 94  407 

outside  screw  and  yoke  type,  on  steam  pipes 76  301 

outside  screw  and  yoke  type,  on  water  column 75  293 

safety   [See  safety  valves) 

stop 76  301-304 

stop,    drains   for    76  303-304 

stop,  existing  installations    93  399 

stop,   existing  installations,    drains 93  400 

Vertical  boilers,   furnaces  of 60  237-238 

fire-tube  boiler,  manhole  in 67  264 

fire-tube  boiler,  waterleg  and  door  frame  ring 8  13 

W 

Washout  holes,  hot  water  boilers 82  345 

Washout  holes,   power  boilers 67  265-267 

Water  column  and  connections,   existing  installations.  .  . 93  397 

column  end  connections,  heating  boilers '.  .  .  .  .  86  368 

column  and  connections,  power  boilers 75  295 

column  and  connections,  power  boilers 78  320-322 

glass   and  gage  cocks,  location  of,   power  boilers 75  291-292 

glass,   automatic  valves  not  allowed 75  292 

glasses,    existing   installations    92  395 

glasses,    heating  boilers    86  366 

relief  valves  for  hot  water  boilers 83  349-350 

Waterleg   rings,    material   of    8  13 

Water    tube    boilers 

cast  iron  for  headers  of 64  246 

flaring  of  tube  ends 64  251 

thicknesses  of  tubes  of 10  21 

wrought  or  cast  steel  parts  of 8  9 

Welded  joints    45  186 

Welded    stays     52  209 

Wet  bottom  boilers,  height  from  floor  line 79  326 

Wet  bottom  boilers,  height  from  floor  line,  heating  boilers 86  369 

Working  pressure,    maximum  allowable 

existing    installations 89  378-384 

power    boilers     43  179-180 

steam  and  hot  water  boilers 81  338-340 

Wrought   iron    (See   iron) 

Wrought  steel  (See  steel). 


INDEX  TO  RULES  FOR  NEW  INSTALLA- 
TIONS OF  POWER  BOILERS 


PAGE          PAB. 

Access   and  firing  doors,  power  boilers. 79  327-328 

Adamson  furnace    62  242 

Adjustment  of  safety  valves  for  blow  down 74  281 

Allowable  load  on  stay-bolts,  table  of 104  418-419 

loads  on  circular  braces    105  419 

loads   on    stays,    table   of 105  419 

stress  on  stays    52  209 

stress    on  stays   and   stay-bolts 54  220 

working   pressure,    power    boilers 43  179-180 

Angles  on  h.r.t.  boiler  heads,   36  in.  or  less  diameter 56  225-229 

Area  of  segment,  formula  for 54  217 

segments  of  heads  to  be  stayed 53  214 

segments,  table  of 106 

to  be  stayed  in  heads 53  214-217 

to  be  stayed  in  heads  having  manhole 54  218 

Automatic   shut-off   valves    75  292 

non-return  stop  valves 76  303 

B 

Back  pitch  of  riveted  joints 44  182 

Bars,    steel   for  boiler   parts 7          6 

steel,  specifications  for 19        64-  76 

refined   iron,    specifications  for    37  151-163 

Beading  of   tube   ends 64  250 

Blow  down  for  safety  valves 74  281 

Blow-off    cock    77  309-311 

piping   new    installations    76  307-313 

pipe    and    fittings    77  311 

Boiler,  builder's  stamps,  location  of 80  333 

builder's  stamps,  not  to  be  covered 80  334 

bushing,    for    feed    pipe    connection 77  315 

plate  steel,   specifications  for 11        23-  39 

to  be  stamped  A.  S.  M.  E.  std 79  332 

wet  bottom,   distance  from  floor  line ' 79  326 

Braced  and   stayed   surfaces 49  199-233 

Braced  and   stayed  surfaces 104  418 

Braces,  diameter  of  pins,  area  of  rivets  in  and  d"esign  of  crowfeet  for.  ...  55  223 

made   of   steel   plate 7          5 

made  of  steel  plate,   gussets 56  224 

spacing  between    51  203 

steel  bars  for 7          6 

when  welded    7         4 

Brackets,   to  support  h.r.t.  boilers 79  325 

Brown   furnaces    63  243—244 

B.t.u.    of   various   fuels 109  427 

Butt  and  double-strap  joint,  double  riveted 97  413 

and   double-strap   joint,    triple   riveted 98  414 

and   double-strap  joint,    quadruple  riveted 99  415 

131 


132 


INDEX,    NEW   INSTALLATIONS    OF   POWER   BOILERS 


PAGB  PAR. 

Butt  and  double-strap  joint,   quintuple  riveted 101  416 

straps,   tables  of  minimum  thicknesses  of 9  19 

straps,  to  be  rolled  or  formed 45  191 

straps  of   equal  width 103  417 

straps,   saw  tooth    103  417 

0 

Calking 65  257 

Capacity  of  safety  valves,  examples  of   checking 108  423-426 

Capacity   of   safety  valves,    method   of  checking 107  422-427 

Cast  iron    (See  gray  iron  castings  or  malleable  castings) 

for  headers    64  246 

used  with  superheated  steam 8  12 

headers,  maximum  pressure  allowed  on,   power  boilers 64  245-247 

headers,   tested  to  destruction 64  247 

Cast    steel    (See    steel) 

Castings,    specifications   for   gray   iron 4 26  95-110 

specifications  for  malleable   iron 29  111-120 

specifications   for  steel    22  •  77-  94 

Channel   irons   for  flat  heads 50  201 

Check  valve  on  feed-pipe 77  317 

Checking  safety  valve  capacity,   method  of 107  422-427 

Circular  furnaces  and  flues 61  239-241 

Circular  manhole  opening    65  258 

Circumferential   joints    44  184-185 

Cleanout    door    in    setting 79  327 

Cock   (See  valves,   gage  cocks,    blowoff   cocks) 

Combined  area  of  safety  valves 74  280 

Combustion  chamber,  material  to  be  used  in 7  2 

Combustion   chamber,    sling  stays 60  235-236 

Combustion  chamber,   tube   sheets  of 59  234 

Cones,  truncated,  maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on 58  231 

Connections,    safety   valve    73  277—278 

steam  gages 75  296 

water    column    78  320-321 

Contraction  of  steam  mains,   provisions  for 76  305 

Convex  and  concave  heads 49  195 

Corrugated  furnaces 63  243 

Covers,    manhole    and   handhole 7  5 

Covers,    manhole,    material     67  262 

Cross  boxes,   material   of 8  9 

Cross  pipes  connecting  steam  and  water  drums,  material  of 8  9 

Crown  bars  and  girder  stays    58  230 

Crushing   strength   of   steel   plate 8  15 

Crushing  strength  applied  to  joints 95  410 

Curved   surfaces   to   be   stayed 58  230 

D 

Damper  regulator,  connected  to  water  column 75  295 

Diagonal   braces    54  221 

stays,    stresses   in    54  221-222 

tube  holes  in  shell  or  drum 47  193 

Dial   of   steam   gage 75  297 

Diameter   of  fusible   metal   in  fusible   plug 113  429 

Direct   spring-loaded    safety    valve,    construction   of 69  272 

Discharge    capacity   of    safety    valves 68  270-274 

Discharge  pipe  from  safety  valves 73  278-279 

Dished  heads 49  195-198 

Dished  heads,   corner  radius  of 49  197 

Dished  heads  with  manhole  opening 49  195 

Domes    .  48  194 


INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    POWER   BOILERS 


133 


PAGE  PAR. 

Door,    access  and  firing,    minimum  size  of 79  327—328 

Door,    frame   rings,    material  of 8  13 

Door  latches    79  328 

Doubling    plates    50  199 

Drains  from  stop  valves 76  303—304 

Drains  from  superheater 76  306 

Drilling   rivet   holes 65  253-254 

Drilling  tube  holes    64  248-249 

Drum  or  shell,   longitudinal  joints  of   (See  joints) 45  187 

Drum,   material  of    7  2-     3 

E 

Edge  of  plate  to  center  of  rivet,  distance  from 44  183 

Edges  of   plates  for  calking 65  257 

Edges  of  tube  holes  to  be  removed 64  249 

Efficiency  of  ligament,  between  tube  holes 46  192 

of  ligament,  between  diagonal  tube  holes 47  193 

of    riveted    joints    44  181 

of  riveted  joints,   to  calculate 95-103  410-417 

Elbow  on  escape  pipe,  from  safety  valve 73  279 

Elliptical    manhole,    size    of 65  258 

End  of  feed  pipe,  to  be  open 77  314 

Ends  of  stay-bolts,  to  be  riveted  over 50  200 

stays   below   tubes    53  216 

tubes,   fire-tube  boilers 64  250 

tubes,    water-tube  boilers,    and   superheaters 64  251-252 

Equalizer,   to   support  h.r.t.   boilers 78  324 

Escape   pipe,    from   safety  valve 73  278-279 

Examples  of  checking  safety  valve  capacities 108  423-426 

Expansion  of  steam  mains,   provisions  for 76  305 

Extra   heavy   fittings   on    blow-off 77  310-311 

Extra   thick   tube,   for   fusible   plug 113  429 

F 

Factors  of  safety  for  domes  when  single  riveted 48  194 

Factors  of  safety  for  new  installations 43  180 

Feed  pipe,   ends  to  be   open 77  314 

pipe,   fittings   and  valves   on 77  317 

piping,  power  boilers    77  314-318 

water,   discharge    77  315 

water,   discharge  clear  of  joints 77  316 

water,    regulator,    connection  to 75  295 

water,    supply  apparatus    78  318 

Fire-box  steel,  for  shells,  drums .  7  2 

-box   steel,    specifications   for 11  23—39 

brick  casing,  for  blow-off  pipe 77  312 

tube  boiler,   manhole  in 67  264 

tube  boiler,  thicknesses  of  tubes  of 10  22 

Firing   doors    79  327-328 

Fittings   and   appliances,   power  boilers 76  299-322 

Flange  fittings,   tables  of  sizes  of 110-111 

of   manhole   opening    54  218 

steel  for  shells,  drums 7  3 

steel   specifications   for 11  23-  39 

Flanged  construction  for  water  leg  and  door  frame  rinfn 8  13 

Flanges,   cast  iron,  thickness  of 76  299 

Flanges,  reinforcing,   thickness  and  material  of 68  268 

Flaring  of  tube  ends 64  251 

Flat  surfaces,  to  be  stayed 49  199 

Flat  surfaces,  to  be  stayed  between  tubes  and  between  tubes  and  shell.  ...  53  216 

Flues,   circular,   pressure   allowed   OTI 61  241 

Fox    furnaces     , 63  243-244 


134 


INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    POWER    BOILERS 


PAGE  PAB. 

Fuels,   heats   of   combustion  of 109  427 

Furnace  sheets,   stamps  to  be  visible  on . 79  331 

Furnaces 

Adamson  type    62  242 

Brown 63  248 

•circular    flues     61  241 

corrugated      63  243 

Fox     63  243 

internal    cylindrical,    staying    of 52  212 

Leeds  suspension  bulb 63  243 

material    of    7          2 

Morison    63  243 

plain   circular    61  239-240 

Purves    63  243 

thickness   of  corrugated  or  ribbed 64  244 

vertical    boilers    60  237-238 

Fusible    plugs 113  428-430 

Fusible  plugs,   location  of 113  430 

/ 
G 

Gage  cocks,  power  boilers 75  294 

inspector's,    connection   for    75  298 

steam   and  connections,   power  boilers 75  296 

steam   dial    of 75  297 

water,    glass     75  291-295 

Girder  stays  and  crown  bars 58  230 

Globe  valve,   not  to  be  used  on  blow-off 77  308 

Globe  valve,  on  feed  pipe 77  314 

Gray   iron   castings,    specifications   for 26        95-110 

Gusset   stays,   stresses  in 54  221-224 

H 

Handhole   covers,    material    7          5 

Handholes,    in    h.r.t.    boilers 67  264 

in   locomotive   type  boilers 67  2G5 

in  vertical  fire  engine  boilers 67  267 

in  vertical  fire  tube  boilers 67  266 

Headers,   cast  iron,   new  boilers 64  245 

cast  iron,   pressure  allowed  on 64  245-247 

and  pressure  parts,   material  of • 8          9 

Heads,   angles  of  staying  upper  segments 56  225-229 

area  of  segments  to  be  stayed 53  213-214 

217 

area  of  segments  to  be  stayed,  table  for 106  420 

convex    and    concave    49  195-198 

segments  of,  area  to  be  stayed 53  213-214 

217 

stamps   to   be   visible 79  331 

stiffeners  for    50  201 

Heat  of  combustion  of  various  fuels 109  427 

Holes  tor  rivets    65  254 

screw  stays    52  210 

washout,   power  boilers    67  265-267 

Horizontal  return  tubular  boilers 

location    of   feed-water    discharge 77  315 

longitudinal  joints,  to  be  above  fire  line 45  189 

manhole  below  tubes    67  264 

maximum  length   of   joint 45  190 

method  of  supporting 78  323-324 

staying  heads  of,   36   in.   or  less 56  225 

water  column  connections    78  320 


INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    POWER    BOILERS 


135 


Hydrostatic    pressure   test  PAGE  PAR. 

of   cast    iron    headers 64  247 

power  boilers 79  329-330 

I 

Inspector's  test  gage  connection 75  298 

Inspirator  or  injector,   used  to  feed  boiler 78  318 

Insulating  material,  not  to  cover  boiler  stamps 80  334 

Internal   pipe,    in   steam   space 75  290 

Iron,    cast    (See  cast  iron) 

for    stay    bolts,    specifications    for 34  139-150 

rivets,   specifications  for 31  121-138 

rivets,    shearing   strength   of 8  16 

wrought,  stays  and  stay  bolts 7  7 

wrought,    stays   and  stay  bolts,    specifications 34  139-150 

•wrought,    waterleg  and  door  frame  rings 8  13 

J 

Joints,    back   pitch    44  182 

butt  and  double  strap,  double  riveted,  example  of 97  413 

butt  and  double  strap,  triple    riveted,  example  of 98  414 

butt  and  double  strap,  quadruple  riveted,  example  of 99  415 

butt  and  double  strap,   quintuple  riveted,   example  of 101  416 

Joints,  butt  and  double  strap,  required  on  shell  or  drum  over  36  in.  diameter  45  187 

calking   of    65  257 

circumferential     44  184-185 

of  domes 48  198 

efficiency  of    44  181 

efficiency  of  detailed  methods  of  calculation 95  410 

lap,   double  riveted,   longitudinal  or  circumferential,    example   of 96  412 

lap  riveted,  allowed  on  shell  or  drum  not  over  36  in.  diameter 45  188 

lap  riveted,    allowed  on   domes 48  194 

lap,  single  riveted,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,   example  of 96  411 

longitudinal 45  187-191 

longitudinal,   location   of  rivet  holes  on 44  183 

longitudinal,   of  furnace,  v.t.  boiler  to  be  stay-bolted 60  238 

longitudinal,  of  h.r.t.  boiler  to  be  above  the  fire  line 45  189 

longitudinal,    maximum   length   of 45  190 

power  boilers .' 44  181-191 

welded 45  186 

L 

Lamphrey  fronts,   valves  on 78  319 

Lap  joints,  length  of,  power  boilers 45  190 

joints,    longitudinal   or   circumferential,    double   riveted 96  412 

joints,    longitudinal  or  circumferential,    single  riveted 96  411 

joints,    longitudinal   domes    48  194 

wolded   tubes,    specifications   for 40  164-178 

Latches,    door    79  328 

Laying  out  shell  plates,   furnace   sheets   and  heads 79  331 

Leeds  suspension  bulb  furnaces 63  243 

Length  of  stays  between   supports 54  220 

Ligament  between  tube   holes,   efficiency  of 46  192-193 

Load   allowed  on  stay-bolts 54  220 

Location  of  A.    S.   M.  E.   stamp 1  .  .  .  80  333 

domes      48  194 

fusible  plugs    113  430 

Locomotive  type  boiler,  water  leg  and  door  frame  rings 8  13 

Longitudinal  joints    45  187-191 

joints   on   domes    48  194 

joints  of  h.r.t.  boilers  to  be  above  the  fire  line 45  189 

Lugs,  made  of  steel  plate 7  5 

Lugs,  to  support  h.r.t.  boilers   78  323-325 


136 


INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    POWER    BOILERS 


M  PAGE          PAR. 

Main  steam  pipe,   stop  valve  on 76  301-304 

Malleable   castings,    specifications   for 29  111—120 

Manhole    in    dome    heads 67  264 

openings,    minimum  sizes  of 65  258 

plates,    material   of    67  262 

reinforcement,    material   of    65  259 

reinforcement,  on  boiler  48  in.  diameter  or  over 65  260 

Manholes    65  258-264 

below  tubes,  h.r.t.  boiler 67  264 

below  tubes,  h.r.t.  boiler,   staying  of 54  218 

covers,  material  of    67  262 

covers,    when   plate   steel 7          5 

in  a  dished  head   49  198 

frame,    riveting   of    65  260 

frame,  proportions  of 66  261 

gaskets,    bearing    surface    of 67  263 

in  any  fire  tube  boiler,  over  40  in.  diameter 67  264 

Manufacture    (See   specifications) 

Manufacturer's    stamp    79  332 

Manufacturer's    stamp,    not   to   be    covered 80  334 

Materials,    selection    of 7          1-13 

Maximum  allowable  working  pressure 

braced    and   stayed    surfaces 49  199 

shells  of  power  boilers 43  179-180 

Methods   of  support    78  323-325 

Morison   furnaces 63  243—244 

Mud   drums,    material  of 8        10 

Muffler   on  safety  valves • 73  279 

N 

Non-return  stop  valves,   automatic 76  303 

Nozzles,   material  of    8        12 

Nozzles    and    fittings     76  299 

Number    of   gage    cocks 75  294 

Numbers,    serial 79  332 

O 

OG    flanged    construction     < 8        13 

Openings,   threaded  to  be  reinforced 68  268 

Outside  screw  and  yoke  valves,  on  steam  pipe 76  301 

Outside  screw  and  yoke  valves,   on  water  column 75  293 

P 

Pins  in  braces,   diameter  of 55  223 

Pipes,  bottom  blow-off  and  fittings,  power  boilers 77  308 

feed    and    fittings    77  314-317 

in  steam  space    75  290 

main  steam,  valves  on    76  301 

or  nipple,  number  of  threads  into  fitting 76  300 

or  nipple,  number  of  threads  into  fitting,  table 68  268 

surface    blow-off    and    fittings 76  307 

threads,    minimum    number    of 68  268 

water   column,    and  fittings 78  320 

Piping,    feed    77  314-318 

Pitch  of  rivets    44  182 

of    rivets    • 95  410 

stay-bolts    50  199 

stay-bolts,    table     51  203 

stay  tubes    59  233 


INDEX,    NEW   INSTALLATIONS    OF   POWER   BOILERS 


137 


PAGB          PAB. 

Planing   edges    of   plates 65  257 

Plate,    steel,    specifications    for 11        23-  39 

Plates,  thickness,  in  shell  or  dome  after  flanging 9        18 

minimum   thickness    of    in    a   boiler 9        17-  20 

minimum   thickness   of  stayed  flat   surface 49  199 

Plugs,    fusible    113  428-430 

Pressure,  allowed  on  shell  or  drum,  formula  for,  power  boilers 43  180 

maximum  allowable  working,  on  flat  surfaces,  power  boilers 49  199 

maximum  allowable  working,  on  shells,  power  boilers 43  179-180 

parts  over  2  in.,  material  of 8          9 

parts    of    superheaters,    material    of 8        11 

Pump,  to  supply  feed  water 78  318 

Purves    furnaces     63  243 

R 

Reinforced  threaded  openings  in  shell,  heads  or  drums 68  268 

Reservoirs,    on  steam  mains 76  305 

Rings,  waterleg  and  door  frame,  material  of 8        13 

Rivet  holes,   finish  and  removal  of  burrs 65  253-254 

iron,    specifications    for     31  121-138 

steel,    specifications    for    15        40-  62 

Riveted   joints    (See  joints) 

Riveting      65  253-256 

Rivets 

allowable  shearing   strength  of 8        16 

in  braces,    area   of 55  223 

in  shear  on  lugs  or  brackets 79  325 

in   shear   on   manhole   frames 65  260 

length  of   and  heads  for 65  255 

machine    driven     65  256 

material    of    8          8 

to  completely  fill  rivet  holes 65  255 

Rolling,  ends  of  shell  plates 45  191 

S 

Safety,   factor   of,   for   power  boilers 43  180 

Safety  valve 

blow-down    adjustment    74  281 

capacity,    method  of  checking    107  422-427 

connections,    power    boilers    73—74  276-278 

280 
289-290 

construction 74  282-287 

discharge    capacity,    power    boilers 68  270-274 

discharge    capacity,    table   of 70-72 

escape    pipe    for    73  278 

formula    for     107  421 

method    of    computing    and    checking 107  421—427 

muffler   on 73  279 

power   boilers    68  269-290 

required   on  boiler    68  269 

seats  of    69  272 

setting    of     68  271-281 

size   limits,    power   boilers 69  272 

stamping    of     69  273 

superheater     74  288-289 

test   of    73  275 

Saw-tooth  type  of  butt  and  double  strap  joint 103  417 

Screwed    stays,    supporting    of 54  219 

Seamless  tubes,   specifications  for 40  164-178 

Seats  of  safety   valves    69  272 

Sections  of  cast  iron,    to  be  tested 87  372 


138 


INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    POWER    BOILERS 


PAGB        PAE. 

Segment,  area  to  be  stayed 53      214—217 

of  head,    to  be   stayed 53      213 

method  of  determining  net  areas,  water  tube  boilers 53      215 

Segments,   table   of    106  420 

Selection  of  materials    7          1—13 

Serial  number 79  332 

Setting  of  safety  valves    68  271 

Settings,    power   boilers    78      323-328 

Setting  of  wet  bottom  power  boilers 79  326 

Shearing   strength   of   rivets 8        16 

Shell  or  drum,  longitudinal  joints  of 45     187-190 

Shell  or  drum,  to  determine  allowable  pressure  on,  new  boilers 43      180 

Shell  plate,  thickness  of 9       17-  20 

Shut-off  valves  on  water  column  pipes 75  293 

Sizes   of   flanged   fittings,    tables 110-111 

Sling    stays    60      235-236 

Specifications  for  gray  iron  castings 26        95-110 

lap  welded   and  seamless  boiler  tubes 40     164-178 

malleable    castings     29     111-120 

plate   steel    11        23-  39 

refined    wrought    iron   bars 37      151-153 

rivet    iron     31      121-138 

rivet    steel    15        40-  62 

stay  bolt  iron    -. 34  139-150 

stay  bolt  steel    19        63 

steel  bars   19       64-  76 

steel    castings     22        77-  94 

Stamping  boilers  A.S.M.E.  std 79  332 

Stamps,  A.S.M.E.  std.,  location  of 80  333 

Stamps,   not  to  be  covered  by  insulation 80  334 

Stamps,  to  be  visible  on  shell  plates,  furnace  sheets  and  heads 79  331 

Stay  bolted  surface,  to  compute  allowable  pressure  on 49  199 

Stay  bolts 

adjacent  to  edges  of  stay-bolted  surface 51  205 

adjacent  to  furnace  door  or  other  opening 52  206 

adjacent  to  furnace  joint,   v.t.  boiler 60  238 

diameter   of,    how   measured 52  208 

ends  of   50  200-202 

211 

holes  for 52  210 

iron,  specifications  for  34  139-150 

material    of    7          7 

maximum    allowable    stress    on 54  220 

pitch   of    49  199-204 

steel,    specifications    for    19        63 

tables    of    allowable    load    on 104  418-419 

Stayed   and  braced   surfaces 49  199-233 

Stayed   flat   surface    49  199 

Staying  heads    55  222 

heads  h.r.t.  boiler  36  in.  or  less  diameter 56  225-229 

dished  heads    49  196 

furnaces     52  212 

segments  of  heads    53  213 

segments  of  he-ids  with  manhole  opening 54  218 

Stay-rods,  ends  riveted  over,  to  be  supported 54  219 

Stay-tubes     58  232-233 

Stays,    crown   bars  and   girders 58  230 

cross   sectional   area   in   calculating 52  209 

diagonal  and  gusset,   stresses  in 54  221-222 

224 

maximum    allowable    stress    54  220 

60  235-236 


INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    POWER    BOILERS 


PAGB          PAK. 

Stays,   tables   of    allowable   load   on 104  418-419 

screwed,    supporting   of    54  219 

upset   for  threading 52  211 

and  stay-bolts,   allowable  stress  on 54  220 

end  stay-bolts,    table   of   alloAvable   stress   on. 104  418-419 

Steam   gage   and  connections,   power  boilers 75  296-298 

mains     76  305 

mains,    reservoirs    on    76  305 

outlets     76  301 

Steel   bars,    for   boiler  parts 7          6 

castings,    specifications    for    22        77—  94 

crushing   strength    of   plate 8        15 

for  rivets,    specifications  for 15        40—  62 

for   stay-bolts,    specifications  for    19        63 

plates   exposed   to   fire 7          2 

plates  whan  firebox   quality   not  specified 7          3 

plates,    shearing   strength   of 1 8        16 

stays    and    stay-bolts     49  199-212 

wrought  or  cast,  for  boiler  and  superheater  parts 8        11 

plate,    crushing    strength    of 8        15 

plate,    specifications   for    11        23—  39 

plate,    tensile    strength    of 8        14 

Stop   valves    (See   valves) 

Straps,    butt,    of   equal   width 103  417 

Straps,    butt,    saw-tooth    103  417 

Superheater    drains    76  306 

safety    valve    on    74  288-289 

tubes    and   nipples    64  251-252 

Superheaters  and  mountings,   material  for S       11-  12 

Support,    methods   of,    for   boilers 78  323-326 

Support,    of    stays,    ends   riveted   over 54  219 

Surface   blow-off 76  307 

Suspended   type   of  setting   h.r.t.  boilers 78  324 

T 

Table  of  angles  for  staying  heads 56  225 

constants  for  pitch    of  stay  tubes 59  233 

discharge   capacities  of  spring-loaded  safety  valves 69-72 

flange    fittings,    standard    110 

flange  fittings,   extra  heavy Ill 

maximum   allowable   pitch   of  stay-bolts,    ends   riveted 51  204 

maximum  allowable  stresses  for  stays  and  stay-bolts 54  220 

minimum  pipe   threads   for  boiler   connections 68  268 

net    areas    of    segments 106  420 

round  braces  or  stay  rods,   allowable  loads 105  419 

stay-bolts,    allowable  loads,    12    threads   per   inch 104  418 

stay-bolts,    allowable   loads,    10    threads    per   inch 105  418 

thickness   of  butt    straps    9        19 

Tensile   strength   of  steel  plate '. 8        14 

Test,   hydrostatic,    of   power  boilers 79  329-330 

of  safety   valve,   power  boilers 73  275 

of   steam    gage    75  298 

gage,    connection    for    75  298 

Thickness  of  corrugated   or  ribbed    furnace 64  244 

required  for  boiler  plates 9       17 

required  for  butt  straps 9       19 

required  for  dome   plates  after  flanging 9 

required   for  shell  plates 9        18 

required  for  tube  sheets    9        20 

required   for  tubes 1° 

Threaded  openings    ••  •  68  268 


140 


INDEX,    NEW   INSTALLATIONS    OF   POWER    BOILERS 


PAGE          PAB. 

Threads,  pipe  or  nipple  into  fitting 76  300 

Threads,  table    68  268 

Tin,    for   fusible  plugs 113  428 

Truncated  cones,   maximum  allowable  working  pressure  on 58  231 

Tube  ends,   fire  tube  boiler 64  250 

ends,  water  tube  boilers  and  superheaters 64  252 

for   fusible    plug 113  429 

heads,  staying  upper  segments  of,  by  steel  angles 56  225-229 

heads,  of  water  tube  boilers 53  215 

holes  and  ends    64  248-252 

holes,    diagonal,    in   shell   or   drum 47  193 

holes  in   shell  or   drum 46  192 

holes,    sharp  edges   to  be  removed 64  249 

sheets  of  combustion  chambers 59  234 

sheets,    minimum    thickness    of 9  20 

sheets,  space  allowed  unstayed  between  tubes  and  between  tubes  and  shell  53  216 

Tubes  for  fire-tube  boilers,  thicknesses  of 10  22 

.     for  water  tube  boilers,   thicknesses  of 10  21 

lapwelded   and   seamless,    specifications   for 40  164-178 

required    thickness     10        21-  22 

stay     58  232-233 

Y 

Valves,    automatic,   on  water  glass 75  292 

automatic  non-return  stop    76  303 

extra   heavy,    on    bottom  blow-off 77  311 

extra  heavy,   on  main   steam  pipe 76  302 

globe,  not  to  be  used  on  blow-off \  .  .  77  308 

globe,    on   feed   pipe 77  314 

on  bottom  blow-off 77  308-311 

on   every   steam   outlet .' 76  301 

on  feed  pipe    77  317 

on    Lamphrey    fronts    78  319 

outside  screw  and  yoke  type,   on   steam  pipes 76  301 

outside  screw  and  yoke  type,   on  water  column 75  293 

safety   (See  safety  valves) 

stop     76  301-304 

stop,    drains   for 76  303-304 

Vertical  boilers,   furnaces  of 60  237-238 

fire-tube  boiler,   manhole  in 67  264 

fire-tube  boiler,  waterleg  and  door  frame  ring 8  13 

W 

Washout    holes,    power    boilers 67  265-267 

Water  column  and  connections,   power  boilers 78  320-322 

column  and  connections,   power  boilers 75  295 

glass  and  gage  cocks,  location  of,  power  boilers 75  291-292 

glass,    automatic    valves    not    allowed 75  292 

tube  boilers,   cast  iron  for  headers  of 64  246 

tube  boilers,   flaring  of  tube  ends 64  251 

tube  boilers,   thicknesses  of   tubes   of 10  21 

tube  boilers,   wrought   or  cast  steel,   parts   of 8          9 

Waterleg   rings,    material    of 8  13 

Welded  joints    45  186 

Welded    stays     ^ 52  209 

Wet  bottom  boilers,   height  from  floor  line 79  326 

Working  pressure,    maximum   allowable,    power  boilers 43  179-180 

Wrought   iron    (See  iron) 
Wrought  steel    (See  steel) 


IXDEX  TO  RULES  FOR  NEW  INSTALLA- 
TIONS OF  HEATING  BOILERS 


PAGB 


PAE. 


Access  and  firing  doors,   heating  boilers 86  370 

Allowable  working  pressure,   heating  boilers 81  338-340 

Allowable  working  pressure,  existing  installations,  steam  heating  boilers.  .  90  383 

Altitude    gages     85  362 

Area,  grate  surface,  table  to  determine  size  of  safety  valves 84  356 

B 

Blow-off   cock,    heating   boilers 86  364 

Blow-off  piping,   heating  boilers 86  364 

Boiler  wet  bottom,  distance  from  floor  line,  heating  boiler 86  369 

Butt  and  double-strap  joint 

double    riveted     97  413 

triple    riveted    98  414 

quadruple  riveted    99  415 

quintuple   riveted    101  416 

0 
Cast  iron  boiler 

hydrostatic  pressure  test   of 87  372 

maximum  pressure  allowed  on 87  374 

section  to  be  tested 87  372 

Connections,    flanged    82  346 

Crushing  strength  applied  to  joints 95  410 

D 

Damper  regulator,  connected  to  steam  space 86  365 

Diameter  of  fusible  metal  in  fusible  plug 113  429 

Door,   access  and  firing,  minimum  size  of,   heating  boilers 86  370 

Down-draft  boilers,   safety  valves   for 85  359 

E 

Efficiency  of  riveted  joints,  to  calculate 95-103  410-417 

Escape  pipe,   from  safety  valve,   heating  boilers ' 83  355 

Existing    installations,    steam    heating   boilers 90  383 

Extra  thick  tube,  for  fusible  plug 113  429 

F 

Factors  of  safety  for  steel  heating  boilers 81  340 

Fittings   and   appliances,    heating  boilers ; 86  364-368 

Flange  fittings,   tables  of  sizes  of 110-111 

Flange    steel,    for   heating   boilers 81  337 

Flanged   connections,   heating  boilers 82  346 

Fusible    plugs     113  428-430 

Fusible    plugs,    location    of 113  430 

141 


142 


INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    HEATING    BOILERS 


PAGE          PAR. 

Gage,    altitude    85  362 

cocks,    heating   boilers    86  367 

steam  and  connections,   heating  boilers 85  361 

water   glass,    heating   boilers 86  366 

Gas   fired  boilers,   safety  valves   for x 85  360 

Grate  surface,  table  of,  for  safety  valves 84  358 

H 

Heating  boilers    81  335-377 

Heating  boilers,  to  which  the  rules'  of  power  boilers  shall  apply 81  335 

Holes  for  wash-out,  heating  boilers 82  345 

Hot  water  boilers ; 81  335-377 

Hydrostatic  pressure  test 

heating   boilers     87  372-374 

on  sections  of  cast  iron  boiler 87  372 

I 

Inspection   at   shop,   heating  boilers .  . 87  375 

J 

Joints,  butt  and  double  strap,  double  riveted,  example  of 97  413 

'butt  and  double  strap,  triple  riveted,  example  of 98  414 

butt  and  double  strap,  quadruple  riveted,  example  of 99  415 

butt  and  double  strap,  quintuple  riveted,  example  of 101  416 

efficiency  of  detailed  methods  of  calculation 95  410 

heating   boilers    ' 82  341-344 

lap,  double  riveted,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  example  of 96  412 

lap  riveted,  allowed  on  shell  or  drum  not  over  36  in.  diameter 45  188 

lap  single  riveted,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  example  of 96  411 

longitudinal  lap  joints  on  heating  boilers 82  341 

longitudinal  of  h.r.t.  boiler  to  be  above  the  fire  line,  heating  boilers.  .  86  371 

longitudinal,   maximum  length   of,   heating  boilers 82  342 

protection  of 82  344 

L 
Lap  joints 

length    of,   heating  boilers 82  342 

longitudinal  or   circumferential,   single   riveted 96  411 

longitudinal  or  circumferential,   double  riveted 96  412 

longitudinal   hot    water   boilers 82  343 

longitudinal,    steam    heating   boilers 82  341 

Location   of   fusible   plugs 113  430 

Longitudinal   joints,    steam   heating  boilers 82  341 

Longitudinal  joints,  hot  water  boilers 82  343 

Longitudinal  joints  of  h.r.t.  boilers  to  be  above  the  fire  line 86  371 

Low  pressure  steam  boiler 81  335-377 

M 

Manufacturer's  name,   heating  boilers 87  377 

Materials,    selection   of,    for   heating  boilers 81  335-337 

Maximum   allowable   working  pressure,   heating  boilers ' 81  338-340 

N 

Name,  manufacturer's,  on  heating  boilers 87  377 


INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    HEATING    BOILERS 
O 


143 


PAGE  PAR. 

Oil-fired  boilers,    safety   valves   for 85  360 

Openings,   flanged  connections,  heating  boilers 82  346 

P 

Pipes,  bottom  blow-off  and  fittings,  heating  boilers 86  364 

Pitch  of  rivets    95  410 

Plugs,    fusible    113  428-430 

Power  boiler  requirements  for  certain  heating  boilers 81  335 

Pressure,    allowed   on   cast  iron  boilers 81  338 

maximum  allowable  working,  old  boilers,  steam  heating 90  383 

maximum   allowable   working,    heating  boilers 81  338-340 

Protection  of  joints    82  344 

R 

Regulators,    damper    86  365 

Relief  valves  for  hot  water  boilers 83  349-350 

Riveted   joints    (See   joints) 

S 

Safety,  factor  of,  for  steel  plate,  heating  boilers 81  340 

Safety   valve   connections,    heating   boilers 83  347 

Safety  valve 

construction,  heating  boilers    84  356-358 

escape   pipe   for   heating   boilers 83  355 

for   down    draft  boilers 85  359 

for  heating  boilers 83  347-360 

for  oil  and  gas  fired  boilers 85  360 

for  formula  for  heating  boilers 83-84  351-358 

required    on    heating   boilers 83  348 

seats   of,    heating  boilers 84  357 

setting   of,    existing  Installations,    heating   boilers 83  348 

size    limits,    heating   boilers 83  351 

stamping   of   heating  boilers 84  357 

table  of,    for  heating  boilers 84  356 

Saw-tooth  type  of  butt  and  double  strap  joint 103  417 

Setting  of  safety  valves,  existing  installations,  heating  boilers 83  348 

Settings,    heating   boilers    86  369-371 

Setting   of  wet  bottom  heating  boilers 86  369 

Shop  inspection  of  heating  boilers 87  375 

Sizes  of  flanged  fittings,   tables 110-111 

Specifications  for  material,   heating  boilers 81  336 

Steam  gage  and  connections,   heating  boilers 85  361 

Steam  heating  boilers,    existing  installations 90  383-384 

Steel  plate  heating  boilers , 81  335-340 

Straps,  butt,  of  equal  width 103  417 

Straps,  butt,   saw-tooth   103  417 

T 

Table  of  flange  fittings,   standard 110 

of  flange   fittings,    extra   heavy Ill 

of  sizes  of  safety  valves,  heating  boilers 84  358 

of  stay-bolts,  allowable  loads,   12  threads  per  inch 104  418 

of  stay-bolts,   allowable  loads,   10  threads   per  inch 105  418 

Test,    hydrostatic,    of   heating  boilers 87  372-375 

Thermometers  on  hot  water  boilers 86  363 

Threads,    table     68  268 


144  INDEX,    NEW    INSTALLATIONS    OF    HEATING    BOILERS 

PAGH  PAR. 

Tin,    for   fusible   plugs 113  428 

Tube    for   fusible   plug 113  429 


Valves,    safety    (See   safety   valves) 

W 

Washout   holes,   hot   water  boilers. 82  345 

Water  column  and  connections,  heating  boilers 86  368 

glasses,    heating   boilers 86  366 

relief  valves  for  hot  water  boilers 83  349-350 

Wet  bottom  boilers,  height  from  floor  line,  heating  boilers 86  369 

Working  pressure,  maximum  allowable,  steam  and  hot  water  boilers 81  338-340 


INDEX  TO  RULES  FOR  EXISTING  INSTALLATIONS. 


A                                                                             PAGE  PAR. 

Additional  safety  valves,  existing  installations 92  393 

Age  limit  for  lap  seam  boilers 89  380 

Allowable  working  pressure,  existing  installations „ 89  378-384 

B 

Blow-off  cock,  existing  installations 93  401-403 

Blow-off  piping,  existing  installations 93-94  401-105 

B.t.u.   of  various   fuels . '. 109  427 

Butt  and  double-strap  joint 

double  riveted 97  413 

triple  riveted  98  414 

quadruple  riveted  99  415 

quintuple  riveted  101  416 

C 

Capacity  of  safety  valves,  examples  of  checking 108  423-426 

Capacity  of  safety  valves,  method  of  checking,  existing  installations 91-92  391-392 

Cast  iron  headers,  maximum  pressure  allowed  on,  existing  installations 90  382 

Check  valve  on  feed-pipe,  existing  installations 94  406 

Checking  safety  valve  capacity,  method  of,  existing  installations 91-92  391-392 

Cock  (See  valves,  gage  cocks,  blow-off  cocks) 

Crushing  strength  of  steel  plate,  existing  installations 90  387 

Crushing  strength,  applied  to  joints 95  410 

D 

Damper  regulator  connected  to  water  column,  existing  installations 93  397 

Diameter  of  fusible  metal  in  fusible  plug 113  429 

Diameter  of  rivet  holes,  old  boilers 91  388 

Drains  from  stop  valves,  existing  installations 93  400 

E 

Efficiency  of  riveted  joints,  to  calculate 95-103  410-417 

Escape  pipe,  from  safety  valve,  existing  installations —       92  394 

Extra  thick  tube,  for  fusible  plug—                                                                          -    113  429 

F 

Factors  of  safety  for  existing  boilers 89  379 

Factors  of  safety  for  second-hand  boilers —      90  381 

Feed  piping,  existing  installations 94  406-406b 

Fittings  and  appliances,  existing  installations —                                                 —92-93  395-407 

Fuels,  heats  of  combustion  of 109  427 

Fusible  plugs  113  428-430 

Fusible  plugs,  location  of 

G 

Gage  cocks,   existing   installations 92  396-396a 

Gage,  steam  and  connections,  existing  installations 93  398-398a 

Gage,  water  glass,  existing  installations 92  395-396 

145 


146 


INDEX   TO    RULES   FOR   EXISTING   INSTALLATIONS. 


H  PAGE          PAR. 

Headers,  cast  iron,  existing  installations 90  382 

Heating  boilers,  existing  installations __. 90  383-384 

Heat  of  combustion  of  various  fuels 109  427 

Hydrostatic  pressure  test,  old  boilers 94  408-409 

I 

Iron  wrought,  tensile  strength,  existing  installations 90  385 

J 

Joint,  butt  and  double  strap,  double  riveted,  example  of 97  413 

butt  and  double  strap,  triple  riveted,  example  of 98  414 

butt  and  double  strap,  quadruple  riveted,  example  of 99  415 

butt  and  double  strap,  quintuple  riveted,  example  of 101  416 

efficiency  of,  detailed  methods  of  calculation 95  410 

existing   boilers    89  380 

lap,  double  riveted,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  example  of 96  412 

lap  crack  _. 90  384 

lap  riveted,  allowed  on  shell  or  drum  not  over  36  in.  diameter 45  188 

lap  single  riveted,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  example  of 96  411 

L 

Lamphrey  fronts,  valves  on  existing  installations 94  407 

Lap    joint   crack 90  384 

joints,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  single  riveted 96  411 

joints,  longitudinal  or  circumferential,  double  riveted 96  412 

joints,  longitudinal  lap  crack 90  384 

Location  of  fusible  plugs 113  430 

Longitudinal  joints,  lap  crack.. 90  384 

M 

Maximum  allowable  working  pressure,  existing  boilers 89  378-384 

Mud  drums,  maximum  allowable  working  pressure 90  382 

P 

Pipes,  bottom  blow-off  and  fittings,  existing  installations 93-91  401-405 

Pitch  of  rivets  95  410 

Plugs,   fusible 113  428-.(30 

Pressure,  allowed  on  shell  or  drum,  formula  for  existing  installations 89  378 

Pressure,  maximum  allowable  working,  old  boilers 89  378-384 

R 
Riveted  joints  (See  joints) 

Rivets,   allowable  shearing  strength  of,  existing  installations 90  383 

Rivets,  existing  boilers,  diameter  of 91  388 

S 

Safety  valve,  test  of  existing  installations 91-92  391 

Saw-tooth  type  of  butt  and  double  strap  joint 103  417 

Second   hand  boilers 90  381 

Setting  of  safety  valves,  existing  installations 91  390 

Shearing  strength  of  rivets,  existing  installations 90  386 

Shell  or  drum,  to  determine  allowable  pressure  on,  existing  boilers 89  378 

Steam  gage  and  connections,  existing  installations 93  398 

Steam  outlets,  existing  installations 93  399 

Steel,  tensile  strength  of,  existing  installations 90  383 

Stop  valves  (See  valves) 


INDEX   TO    KULES   FOR   EXISTING   INSTALLATIONS. 


147 


T  PAGE  PAR. 

Table  of  sizes  of  rivets,  existing  boilers 91  388 

Tensile  strength  of  steel  or  wrought  iron,  existing  installations 90  385 

Test,  hydrostatic,  existing  installations 94  408-409 

Test,  of  safety  valve,  existing  installations 91-92  391 

Tin,  for  fusible  plugs 113  428 

Tube  for  fusible  plug 113  429 

V 

Valves,  on  bottom  blow-off,  existing  installations 93  401-403 

on  feed  pipe,  existing  installations 94  406 

on  Lamphrey  fronts,  existing  installations 94  407 

safety  (See  safety  valves) 

stop,  existing  installations 93  399 

stop,  existing  installations,  drains 93  400 

W 

Water  column  and  connections,  existing  installations 93  397 

Water  glasses,  existing  installations 92  395 

Working  pressure,  maximum  allowable,  existing  installations _ 89  378-384 


_        OF  25 

OVERDUE- 


' 


TB 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


\ 


